WO2021179316A1 - Beam selection method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Beam selection method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021179316A1
WO2021179316A1 PCT/CN2020/079326 CN2020079326W WO2021179316A1 WO 2021179316 A1 WO2021179316 A1 WO 2021179316A1 CN 2020079326 W CN2020079326 W CN 2020079326W WO 2021179316 A1 WO2021179316 A1 WO 2021179316A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
reference signal
terminal device
access network
network device
spreading factor
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/079326
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
管鹏
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2020/079326 priority Critical patent/WO2021179316A1/en
Priority to CN202080098162.7A priority patent/CN115244961B/en
Publication of WO2021179316A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021179316A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W16/00Network planning, e.g. coverage or traffic planning tools; Network deployment, e.g. resource partitioning or cells structures
    • H04W16/24Cell structures
    • H04W16/28Cell structures using beam steering

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of wireless communication technology, and more specifically, to a method and communication device for selecting a beam.
  • network equipment and terminal equipment In a wireless communication system, in order to overcome path loss, network equipment and terminal equipment usually use directional high-gain antenna arrays to form analog beams for communication.
  • the analog beam is directional. The narrower the beam width, the greater the antenna gain.
  • Network devices and terminal devices can send and receive towards specific discoveries. Take the following line communication as an example. The network device sends in a specific direction, and the terminal device receives in a specific direction. Normal communication can be realized when the sending and receiving directions are aligned. In order to achieve beam alignment, beam training is required.
  • the downlink beam training is mainly realized by the terminal equipment through the measurement and feedback of the downlink reference signal.
  • Network equipment uses different transmit beams to send different downlink reference signals, and configures the quality of the terminal equipment for specific downlink reference signals, for example, reference signal receiving power (RSRP) or signal to interference ratio (RSRP) and noise ratio, SINR) for measurement, and the terminal device is required to select several appropriate downlink reference signals by itself, and report their corresponding identification and quality.
  • RSRP reference signal receiving power
  • RSRP signal to interference ratio
  • SINR noise ratio
  • the terminal equipment basically selects the beam based on the quality of the reference signal.
  • the quality of the reference signal is better. In many scenarios, it does not indicate that the beam is the optimal beam.
  • the terminal device often selects the beam according to the quality of the reference signal, and the beam is not the optimal beam that is conducive to data transmission. Therefore, this method of beam selection is not conducive to data transmission.
  • This application provides a beam selection method, access network equipment, and terminal equipment, which can assist the terminal equipment in selecting a beam that is conducive to data transmission.
  • this application provides a method for selecting beams.
  • the method includes: a terminal device measures a reference signal from an access network device to obtain a measurement result of the reference signal; the terminal device sends a measurement report, the measurement report includes The one or more reference signal identifiers, the reference signal corresponding to the one or more reference signal identifiers are determined according to the beam spreading factor and the measurement result of the reference signal, and the beam spreading factor is used to adjust the reference signal Measurement results.
  • the network side configures a beam spreading factor for the terminal device to notify the terminal device that it can provide a beam with a higher beam gain for data transmission on the basis of providing a beam for beam scanning.
  • the terminal device adjusts the measurement result of the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning according to the beam spreading factor, which can assist the terminal device in selecting a site or beam that can provide a higher data transmission rate, which is beneficial to data transmission.
  • the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning is referred to as the first type reference signal
  • the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for data transmission is referred to as the second type reference signal.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives configuration information from the access network device, and the configuration information includes the beam spreading factor information.
  • the access network device can align the network side and the terminal device's principles of beam gain, beam measurement behavior, and beam selection method, avoid beam adaptation, and improve the performance of beam selection.
  • the method before the terminal device receives the configuration information from the access network device, the method further includes: the terminal device sends capability information to the access network device, and the capability information is used for Instruct the terminal device to support selecting a reference signal based on the beam spreading factor.
  • the configuration information includes spreading factor information, including: the configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, and each beam spreading factor corresponds to a reference signal, where each A beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of the corresponding reference signal; or,
  • the access network equipment can realize different requirements for beam selection by configuring beam spreading factors of different granularities, for example, using reference signals as granularity or using a collection of reference signals as granularity.
  • configuring a beam spread factor with a smaller granularity can achieve fine control of beam selection. The smaller the granularity, the finer the control.
  • configuring a larger-granularity beam spreading factor can not only meet the performance requirements of beam selection, but also avoid unnecessary signaling overhead. The larger the granularity, the smaller the signaling overhead.
  • the measurement report further includes an adjustment value of the measurement result of the reference signal corresponding to each reference signal identifier, wherein the adjustment of the measurement result of the reference signal The value is obtained by adjusting the measurement result of the reference signal according to the beam spreading factor corresponding to the reference signal.
  • the measurement result is RSRP
  • the terminal device measures the reference signal from the access network device to obtain the measurement result of the reference signal, including:
  • the terminal device measures at least two reference signals from the access network device to obtain respective RSRPs of the at least two reference signals;
  • the terminal device sends a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or more reference signal identifiers, including:
  • the terminal device determines that the first reference signal of the at least two reference signals comes from the first station, and the second reference signal of the at least two reference signals comes from the second station. Stations, where the second station is a service station of the terminal device, and the respective beams corresponding to the first reference signal and the second reference signal are used for beam scanning;
  • the terminal device sends the measurement report to the access network device when the trigger condition is met.
  • the measurement report includes the identifier of the first reference signal, wherein the trigger condition is as follows:
  • the adjustment value of the RSRP of the first reference signal is higher than the RSRP of the second reference signal or the adjustment value of the RSRP of the second reference signal, where the adjustment value of the RSRP of the first reference signal is the first beam corresponding to the first reference signal
  • the spreading factor is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the first reference signal.
  • the second reference signal is configured with a second beam spreading factor
  • the adjustment value of the RSRP of the second reference signal is based on the second beam spreading factor.
  • the RSRP of the second reference signal is adjusted.
  • the terminal device adjusts the measurement result of the measured reference signal used for beam scanning according to the beam spread factor configured on the network side, which helps to select a site that can provide the terminal device with a higher beam gain.
  • the adjusted value of the RSRP of the first reference signal sent by the first station is higher than the RSRP of the current serving station (that is, the second station) or its adjusted value, it indicates that the first station is capable of providing high beam gain for the terminal device
  • the other beams of the beam corresponding to the first reference signal Therefore, the terminal device reports the measurement report that includes the identifier of the first reference signal, and can switch to a site that is more conducive to data transmission, thereby increasing the data transmission rate.
  • the station corresponding to the reference signal After the terminal device reports the identifier of the reference signal used for beam scanning with a higher RSRP, the station corresponding to the reference signal sends a third reference signal (ie, data signal) to the terminal device, where the beam corresponding to the third reference signal
  • a third reference signal ie, data signal
  • the gain of is higher than the gain of the beam corresponding to the first reference signal and the second reference signal measured by the terminal device, which is beneficial to data transmission.
  • the terminal device measuring a reference signal from an access network device to obtain a measurement result of the reference signal includes:
  • the terminal device measures at least two reference signals from the access network device to obtain measurement results of the at least two reference signals, and the beams corresponding to the at least two reference signals are used for beam scanning, wherein the at least two reference signals are used for beam scanning.
  • the two reference signals include the fourth reference signal;
  • the terminal device sends a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or more reference signal identifiers, including:
  • the terminal device sends the measurement report when a trigger condition is met, the measurement report includes the identifier of the fourth reference signal, where the trigger condition is as follows:
  • the adjusted value of the RSRP of the fourth reference signal is higher than the RSRP of the other reference signal among the at least two reference signals or the adjusted value of the RSRP of the other reference signal.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device uses the beam corresponding to the fourth reference signal as The serving beam, wherein the beam corresponding to the fourth reference signal is provided by an access network device, and the measurement report of at least two terminal devices received by the access network device includes the identification of the fourth reference signal, so The beam corresponding to the fourth reference signal is used as the serving beam of the at least two terminal devices.
  • the beam spreading factor configured by the access network device is related to the cell capacity.
  • the terminal device adjusts the RSRP of the measured reference signal according to the beam spreading factor, and selects the reference signal according to the adjusted value to report the measurement report to the access network device.
  • the access network device can provide a service beam capable of maximizing cell capacity according to the measurement report reported by multiple terminal devices based on the beam spreading factor.
  • the measurement result is RSRP
  • the terminal device sends a measurement report to the access network device, including the measurement result of the terminal device according to the reference signal and the beam spreading factor ,
  • the measurement report is sent to the access network device, where the condition for event triggering includes one or more of the following:
  • the RSRP adjustment value of the reference signal is higher than a threshold value, and the RSRP adjustment value of the reference signal is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the reference signal by using the beam spreading factor corresponding to the reference signal; or,
  • the reference signal includes a first reference signal from a first station and a second reference signal from other stations.
  • the RSRP adjustment value of the first reference signal is higher than the RSRP adjustment value of the second reference signal.
  • the RSRP adjustment value of a reference signal is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the first reference signal by using the first beam spreading factor corresponding to the first reference signal, and the RSRP adjustment value of the second reference signal is corresponding to the second reference signal
  • the second beam spreading factor adjustment is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the second reference signal.
  • the beam spreading factor is determined according to the following parameters: the number of antenna elements activated when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning and The ratio or difference of the number of antenna elements activated when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for data transmission; or; the number of radio frequency channels when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning The ratio or difference of the number of radio frequency channels activated when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for data transmission; or, the transmission power and the access power when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning The ratio or difference of the transmit power when the network access device transmits the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for data transmission.
  • the network side configures a beam spreading factor for the terminal device to notify the terminal device that it can provide a beam with a higher beam gain for data transmission on the basis of providing a beam for beam scanning.
  • the terminal device adjusts the measurement result of the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning according to the beam spreading factor, and selects the reference signal to report according to the adjusted value of the measurement result, which can assist the terminal device in selecting a site that can provide a higher data transmission rate. Conducive to data transmission.
  • the method before the access network device receives the measurement report from the terminal device, the method further includes: the access network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and the configuration information includes the Information about the beam spreading factor.
  • the configuration information includes spreading factor information, including: the configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, and each beam spreading factor corresponds to a reference signal, where each A beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of the corresponding reference signal; or,
  • the configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, each beam spreading factor corresponds to a reference signal set, and each beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of any reference signal in the corresponding reference signal set.
  • the measurement report further includes an adjustment value of the measurement result of the reference signal corresponding to each reference signal identifier, wherein the adjustment of the measurement result of the reference signal The value is obtained by adjusting the measurement result of the reference signal according to the beam spreading factor corresponding to the reference signal.
  • the method before the access network device receives the measurement report from the terminal device, the method further includes: the access network device receives capability information from the terminal device. It is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports selecting a reference signal based on the beam spreading factor.
  • the method further includes: the access network device sends at least two reference signals, and the at least two reference signals are sent by the access network device.
  • the reference signals include the access network device sending the first reference signal through the first station and sending the second reference signal through the second station, wherein the respective beams corresponding to the at least two reference signals are used for beam scanning;
  • the network equipment receiving the measurement report from the terminal equipment includes: the access network equipment receives the measurement report from the terminal equipment, the measurement report includes the identification of the first reference signal; the access network equipment is the terminal according to the measurement report
  • the device provides a service beam for data transmission, including: the access network device sends a third reference signal to the terminal device through the first station according to the identification of the first reference signal contained in the measurement report, wherein, The beam corresponding to the third reference signal is used as the service beam of the terminal device for data transmission.
  • the method further includes: the access network device sends at least two reference signals, and the at least two reference signals are sent by the access network device.
  • the beams corresponding to each of the two reference signals are used for beam scanning, where the at least two reference signals include the fourth reference signal;
  • the access network device receives the measurement report from the terminal device, including: the access network device receives the measurement report from the terminal device Measurement reports of at least two terminal devices, where the measurement reports of the at least two terminal devices each include the identification of the fourth reference signal; the access network device provides the transmission beam corresponding to the fourth reference signal as the at least two terminals The service beam of the device, and silence other transmit beams.
  • the beam spreading factor is determined according to the following parameters:
  • the ratio or difference of the transmission power when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning and the transmission power when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for data transmission is the ratio or difference of the transmission power when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning and the transmission power when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for data transmission.
  • the present application provides a method for selecting a beam.
  • the method includes: a terminal device receives configuration information from an access network device, the configuration information includes information about one or more beam spreading factors of the first type of reference signals, The beam corresponding to the first type of reference signal is used for beam scanning;
  • the terminal device measures M first-type reference signals from the access network device, and obtains the measurement results of the M first-type reference signals, where M ⁇ 1, and M is an integer;
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives the second type of reference signal from the access network device, where the second type of reference The beam corresponding to the signal is used for data transmission.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends capability information to the access network device, and the capability information is used to instruct the terminal device to support the selection of the first type of reference signal based on the beam spreading factor .
  • the configuration information includes spreading factor information, including: the configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, and each beam spreading factor corresponds to a first type reference signal, Wherein, each beam spreading factor is used to adjust the corresponding measurement result of the first type of reference signal; or,
  • the configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, each beam spreading factor corresponds to a first type reference signal set, and each beam spreading factor is used to adjust any first type reference signal in the corresponding first type reference signal set Measurement results.
  • the terminal device sends a measurement report to the access network device, including: the terminal device sends a measurement report to the access network device when the event trigger condition is met,
  • the conditions for triggering the event include one or more of the following:
  • the RSRP adjustment value of one or more of the M first type reference signals is higher than the threshold value, and the RSRP adjustment value of the first type reference signal is corresponding to the first type reference signal
  • the beam spreading factor is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the first type of reference signal; or,
  • the M first-type reference signals include the first-type reference signals from the first site and the first-type reference signals from other sites, and the first of the first-type reference signals from the first site
  • the RSRP adjustment value of the reference signal is higher than the RSRP adjustment value of the second reference signal in the first type reference signal from the second site, wherein the RSRP adjustment value of the first reference signal is adopted
  • the first beam spreading factor corresponding to the first reference signal is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the first reference signal
  • the adjustment value of the RSRP of the second reference signal is obtained by using the second reference signal corresponding to the second reference signal.
  • the beam spreading factor adjustment is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the second reference signal.
  • the ratio or difference between the number of radio frequency channels when the access network device sends the first type of reference signal and the number of radio frequency channels activated when the access network device sends the second type of reference signal is the ratio or difference between the number of radio frequency channels when the access network device sends the first type of reference signal and the number of radio frequency channels activated when the access network device sends the second type of reference signal
  • the present application provides a method for accessing a network based on beam selection, including: a terminal device measures a broadcast signal from an access network device, and the broadcast signal carries configuration information of a beam spreading factor of a reference signal, wherein, The beam spreading factor of the reference signal is used to adjust the measurement result of the reference signal;
  • the terminal device measures at least two reference signals from the access network device to obtain measurement results of the at least two reference signals;
  • the terminal device selects a first random access channel RACH resource to access the access network device, wherein the first RACH resource is associated with a beam corresponding to a first reference signal of the at least two reference signals, and The adjustment value of the measurement result of the first reference signal is higher than the measurement result of the other reference signals in the at least two reference signals or the adjustment value of the measurement result, wherein the adjustment value of the measurement result of each reference signal is based on the The beam spread factor corresponding to the reference signal is obtained by adjusting the measurement result of the reference signal.
  • a communication device has the function of implementing the method in the first aspect or any of its possible implementations, or the communication device has the ability to implement the third aspect or any of its possible implementations
  • the communication device has the function of implementing the method in the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof, and the function may be implemented by hardware or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the present application provides a network device, including a processor, a memory, and a transceiver.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory, and control the transceiver to send and receive signals, so that the network device executes the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes computer program code, when the computer program code is run on a computer, the second aspect or any of its possible implementation manners The method is executed.
  • the communication interface may be an interface circuit.
  • the application provides a chip, and the application provides a chip, including a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used to receive a signal and transmit the signal to the processor, the processor The signal is processed so that the method in the second aspect or any of its possible implementations is executed.
  • Fig. 1 is an architecture of a communication system suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 2 shows a schematic diagram of a transmission beam of a station with precise alignment capability.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for selecting a beam provided by this application.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of transmitting beams in a multi-user pairing scenario.
  • FIG. 7 is an example of the method for selecting beams provided by this application.
  • FIG. 8 is another schematic flowchart of the method for selecting beams provided by this application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of the communication device 10 provided by this application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of the communication device 20 provided by the present application.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G fifth generation
  • 5G communication system after 5G
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application may refer to user equipment, access terminals, user units, user stations, mobile stations, mobile stations, remote stations, remote terminals, mobile equipment, user terminals, terminals, wireless communication equipment, user agents, or User device.
  • the terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), with wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in a 5G network or terminal devices in other communication systems, etc. This application is not limited to this.
  • the wireless access network device in the embodiment of the present application may be any device with a wireless transceiver function.
  • the access network equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (base station) controller, BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), access point (access point, AP),
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • RNC radio network controller
  • node B Node B
  • base station controller base station controller
  • BSC base transceiver station
  • BBU home base station
  • BBU baseband unit
  • access point access point
  • a wireless relay node, a wireless backhaul node, a transmission point (TP) or a transmission and reception point (TRP), etc. can also be a gNB or transmission point in a 5G system, or can also be a gNB Or a network node
  • the embodiment of the beam in the NR protocol can be a spatial domain filter, or a spatial filter or a spatial parameter.
  • the beam used to transmit a signal can be called a transmission beam (Tx beam), can be called a spatial domain transmission filter or a spatial transmission parameter (spatial transmission parameter);
  • the beam used to receive a signal can be called To receive the beam (reception beam, Rx beam), it can be called a spatial domain receive filter or a spatial receive parameter (spatial RX parameter).
  • the transmitting beam may refer to the distribution of signal strength in different directions in space after a signal is transmitted through the antenna
  • the receiving beam may refer to the signal strength distribution of the wireless signal received from the antenna in different directions in space.
  • the beam may be a wide beam, or a narrow beam, or other types of beams.
  • the beam forming technology may be beamforming technology or other technologies.
  • the beamforming technology may specifically be a digital beamforming technology, an analog beamforming technology, or a hybrid digital/analog beamforming technology, etc.
  • the beam generally corresponds to the resource.
  • the network device when performing beam measurement, the network device sends different resources through different beams, and the terminal feeds back the measured resource quality, and the network device can learn the quality of the corresponding beam.
  • the beam information is also indicated by its corresponding resource.
  • the network device instructs the terminal to receive PDSCH (physical downlink shared channel, physical downlink shared channel) beam information through a transmission configuration indication (Transmission Configuration Indication, TCI) field in downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI).
  • TCI Transmission Configuration Indication
  • multiple beams having the same or similar communication characteristics are regarded as one beam.
  • a beam can be sent through one or more antenna ports to transmit data channels, control channels, and sounding signals.
  • One or more antenna ports forming a beam can also be regarded as an antenna port set.
  • each beam of the network device corresponds to a resource, so the resource index or identifier can be used to indicate the beam corresponding to the resource.
  • the resource index can be used to uniquely identify the beam corresponding to the resource.
  • the resource can be an uplink signal resource or a downlink signal resource.
  • Uplink signals include but are not limited to sounding reference signal (SRS) and demodulation reference signal (DMRS).
  • the downlink signal includes but is not limited to: channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS), cell specific reference signal (CS-RS), UE specific reference signal (user equipment specific reference) signal, US-RS), demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS), and synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block (synchronization system/physical broadcast channel block, SS/PBCH block).
  • CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
  • CS-RS cell specific reference signal
  • UE specific reference signal user equipment specific reference
  • US-RS demodulation reference signal
  • demodulation reference signal demodulation reference signal
  • SS/PBCH block synchronization system/physical broadcast channel block
  • the SS/PBCH block may be referred to as a synchronization signal block (synchronization signal block, SSB) for short.
  • a resource is a data structure, including its corresponding uplink/downlink signal related parameters, such as the type of uplink/downlink signal, the resource element that carries the uplink/downlink signal, the transmission time and period of the uplink/downlink signal , The number of ports used to send uplink/downlink signals, etc.
  • Each uplink/downlink signal resource has a unique index to identify the downlink signal resource. It is understandable that the index of the resource may also be referred to as the identifier of the resource, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the TCI status mainly includes the quasi-co-location (QCL) type (for example, two different QCL types can be configured) and the reference signal of each QCL type, and the reference signal specifically includes the reference signal
  • CC carrier component
  • BWP ID bandwidth part identifier
  • the configuration method of TCI status in the existing protocol is as follows:
  • QCL typeA delay, Doppler shift, delay spread, Doppler spread
  • QCL typeB Doppler shift, Doppler extension
  • QCL typeC delay, Doppler shift
  • QCL typeD Spatial receiving parameter, that is, receiving beam.
  • the co-location relationship is used to indicate that multiple resources have one or more identical or similar communication features.
  • multiple resources with a co-location relationship the same or similar communication configuration can be adopted.
  • Large-scale characteristics can include: delay spread, average delay, Doppler spread, Doppler shift, average gain, receiving parameters, terminal receiving beam number, transmitting/receiving channel correlation, receiving angle of arrival, receiver antenna space Correlation, main angle of arrival (angel-of-arrival, AoA), average angle of arrival, expansion of AoA, etc.
  • the parameters of quasi co-location include at least one of Doppler spread, Doppler frequency shift, average delay, delay spread and spatial reception parameters.
  • QCL relations can be divided into four categories: QCL-TypeA: ⁇ Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread, average delay, time delay spread ⁇ ; QCL-TypeB: ⁇ Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread ⁇ ; QCL-TypeC: ⁇ Doppler frequency shift, average delay ⁇ ; QCL-TypeD: ⁇ spatial domain receiving parameters ⁇ .
  • uplink TCI uplink TCI, UL TCI
  • the spatial relationship can be used to determine the transmission beam of the uplink signal.
  • the spatial relationship can be determined by beam training.
  • the reference signal used for beam training may be, for example, an uplink reference signal, such as a sounding reference signal (SRS), or a downlink reference signal, such as the SSB or CSI-RS listed above.
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • CSI-RS CSI-RS
  • Each spatial relationship may include the index of the serving cell (ServCellIndex) and the reference signal resource identifier.
  • the reference signal resource identifier can be, for example, any of the following: downlink BWP ID (downlink BWP ID) and SSB index (SSB-Index), downlink BWP ID and non-zero power CSI-RS reference signal resource identifier (non-zero power-channel) state information-resource identifier, NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId), or uplink BWP ID and SRS resource identifier (SRS-ResourceId).
  • the index of the serving cell, the BWP ID, and the reference signal resource identifier refer to the reference signal resource used in the beam training process and the corresponding serving cell and BWP.
  • a spatial relationship is used to determine a transmission beam, that is, an index of a serving cell, a BWP ID, and a reference signal resource can be used to determine a transmission beam.
  • the terminal device can maintain the index, BWP ID, and reference signal resource identifier of the serving cell in the beam training process and the corresponding relationship between the reference signal resource identifier and the transmitted beam, and the network device can maintain the index, BWP ID, and reference signal resource of the serving cell during the beam training process The corresponding relationship between the identifier and the receiving beam.
  • the pairing relationship between the transmitting beam and the receiving beam can be established.
  • the terminal device may determine the transmitting beam based on the spatial relationship indicated by the network device, and the network device may determine the receiving beam based on the same spatial relationship.
  • each spatial relationship may also include power control information.
  • the power control information may include, for example, at least one of the following: expected received power, path loss reference signal, and path loss compensation parameter ⁇ .
  • the terminal device can determine what transmission power to use to transmit the uplink signal based on the power control information.
  • the network device can configure a spatial relationship list for the terminal device through high-level signaling (for example, an RRC message), and the spatial relationship list may include multiple spatial relationships.
  • the network device may configure a spatial relationship for each cell.
  • BWP configures up to 64 spatial relations.
  • the network device can activate one or more spatial relationships through high-level signaling (such as MAC CE).
  • the activated spatial relationship is a subset of the spatial relationship list configured in the foregoing RRC message.
  • the network device can activate up to 8 TCI states for each BWP in each cell.
  • the specific method for the network device to activate the spatial relationship through the MAC CE is the same as the specific method for activating the TCI state.
  • the specific method for activating the TCI state by the MAC CE has been described in detail above. For the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device can determine the mapping relationship between at least one SRI and at least one spatial relationship.
  • the specific form of the mapping relationship may be similar to that shown in Table 1 above, for the sake of brevity, it is not described as an example here.
  • the network device can indicate a selected spatial relationship through the SRI field in the physical layer signaling (such as DCI).
  • the DCI may be, for example, a DCI used to schedule uplink grant resources (uplink grant, UL grant).
  • the terminal device may determine the selected spatial relationship based on the above-mentioned mapping relationship between the at least one SRI and the at least one spatial relationship and the received SRI.
  • the configuration information of a spatial relationship may include the identification of one or two reference signal resources and the associated QCL type.
  • the terminal device can demodulate the PDCCH or PDSCH according to the indication of the TCI state.
  • the terminal device can know which receiving beam is used by the network device to receive the signal, and can then determine which transmitting beam is used to send the signal according to the beam pairing relationship determined by the channel measurement described above.
  • the configuration information of a spatial relationship may include the identification of one or two reference signal resources and the associated spatial filter.
  • the terminal device may transmit the signal through the spatial filter corresponding to the SSB index.
  • the spatial filter corresponding to the SSB index may be a spatial filter for receiving the SSB identified by the SSB index in the beam training process.
  • the terminal device may determine the transmission beam for transmitting the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) according to the SRI field in the DCI on the PDCCH.
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • Downlink beam training is mainly achieved through measurement and feedback of downlink signals. It can be considered that the base station uses different transmit beams to transmit different numbers of SSB and/or CSI-RS, where the numbers of the transmit beam and SSB or CSI-RS can be
  • the one-to-one relationship can also be a one-to-many, many-to-one, or many-to-many relationship.
  • the base station configures the terminal to perform L1 layer reference signal receiving power (reference signal receiving power, L1 layer reference signal receiving power) measurement or L1 layer signal to interference plus noise for a specific one or more SSBs or CSI-RSs ratio, L1-SINR) measurement, and the terminal is required to select N appropriate SSB or CSI-RS by itself, and report the identification and quality of the corresponding number.
  • L1 layer reference signal receiving power reference signal receiving power, L1 layer reference signal receiving power
  • L1 layer signal to interference plus noise for a specific one or more SSBs or CSI-RSs ratio, L1-SINR
  • the uplink beam training is mainly realized by configuring the terminal to send the uplink measurement signal (for example, SRS) by the base station.
  • the terminal uses different transmission beams to transmit SRSs with different numbers, where the relationship between the transmission beams and the SRS numbers can be one-to-one, one-to-many, many-to-one, or many-to-many.
  • the base station selects a suitable transmission beam for the terminal by measuring the quality of different SRS. When measuring, the base station can try different receiving beams. If the uplink signal is periodic or semi-continuous, the base station has multiple opportunities during measurement, so that it can try different receiving beams. If the uplink signal is aperiodic, the base station can also select the receiving beam by itself.
  • the parameters used to determine the uplink transmission power of the terminal equipment are configured by the network equipment.
  • the purpose of uplink power control is to make the power of the signal sent by the terminal device reach the network device to meet the receiving condition of the network device.
  • the network device requires the power of the signal sent by the terminal device to reach the network device as P0. Since the distance between each terminal device and the network device is different, the terminal device needs to estimate the path loss (pathloss, PL) in signal transmission to adjust the uplink transmission power.
  • path loss path loss
  • path loss estimation of path loss is abbreviated as "path loss estimation”.
  • path loss reference signal pathloss reference signal, PL RS
  • the path loss reference signal may also be referred to as a path loss estimation reference signal.
  • the terminal device can adjust the transmission power based on the path loss estimation value obtained above.
  • the network equipment needs to be configured with PL RS so that the terminal equipment can track. Tracking includes periodic measurement and maintenance of the path loss measurement results corresponding to each PL RS.
  • PL RS is a periodic reference signal
  • PL RS is a general term for reference signals used for path loss estimation.
  • the reference signal used for path loss estimation may be, for example, a synchronization signal block (SS/PBCH block, SSB) or channel status information reference signal (channel status information reference signal, CSI-RS).
  • SS/PBCH block synchronization signal block
  • CSI-RS channel status information reference signal
  • the cell is described by the high-level from the perspective of resource management or mobility management or service unit.
  • the coverage of each network device can be divided into one or more serving cells, and the serving cells can be regarded as composed of certain frequency domain resources.
  • the cell can be replaced with a serving cell or CC.
  • serving cell In the embodiments of this application, "cell”, “serving cell” and “CC” are used interchangeably. When the difference is not emphasized, the meanings to be expressed are the same. Similarly, “serving cell index”, “serving cell ID”, “cell ID” and “CC ID” are used interchangeably. When the difference is not emphasized, what they want to express The meaning is the same.
  • the wireless communication system 100 may include at least one network device 101, and the network device 101 may perform wireless communication with one or more terminal devices (for example, the terminal device 102 and the terminal device 103 shown in FIG. 1). .
  • the terminal device 102 and the network device 101 can obtain one or more beam pairs with better communication through the beam management process, and the beam pairs can be expressed as (Bx, B 'x) and (By, B'y).
  • Bx represents the transmitting beam of the network device 101
  • B'x represents the receiving beam of the terminal device 102
  • By represents the transmitting beam of the terminal device 102
  • B'y represents the receiving beam of the network device 101.
  • the transmission beam #1 of the network device 101 and the reception beam #0 of the terminal device are a beam pair
  • the transmission beam #2 of the network device and the reception beam #2 of the terminal device are a beam pair.
  • the transmitting beam #0 of the terminal device and the receiving beam #1 of the network device are a beam pair
  • the transmitting beam #1 of the terminal device and the receiving beam #2 of the network device are a beam pair.
  • the premise of communication is to achieve beam alignment through beam training. For example, in downlink communication, through downlink beam training, the transmitting beam of the network device and the receiving beam of the terminal device are aligned.
  • the technical solution provided in this application can be applied to a scenario where a terminal device selects a reference signal (that is, a beam).
  • the beam used for beam scanning and the beam used for data transmission sent by a type of site are different. Such sites usually have high capabilities and are generally considered to have precise alignment capabilities, as shown in Figure 2.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of a transmission beam of a station with precise alignment capability.
  • the first type of beam sent by the site is the beam used for beam scanning. These beams are visible to all UEs served by the site, that is, they are considered as public beams. Generally, the public beam may be faster and the beam gain is small.
  • the access network device may be The specific UE provides a narrower dedicated beam with a higher beam gain for subsequent data transmission, and this narrower dedicated beam with a higher beam gain is the second type of beam as shown in FIG. 3.
  • the access network equipment provides the second type of beam with higher beam gain for the UE for data transmission, which can increase the data transmission rate.
  • the specific implementation of this process may be achieved through an algorithm of the access network device.
  • the access network device may perform interpolation according to the beam information or beam quality information reported by the UE.
  • the beam used for beam scanning sent by another type of site is the same as the beam used for data transmission. It is simpler for this type of site to provide a beam for the UE. Generally, the site directly uses the beam reported by the UE for data transmission. Such a site is considered to have no precise alignment capability, as shown in Figure 3.
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of a transmitting beam of a station that does not have the ability to accurately align. As shown in Figure 3, this type of site only transmits one type of beam.
  • the technical solution of this application proposes that for sites with precise alignment capabilities, that is, the beams used for beam scanning and the beams used for data transmission have different analog beamforming.
  • the station can notify the terminal equipment of its ability to provide higher gain beams, so that the terminal equipment considers this factor when selecting the service beam. Even if the quality of some beams obtained by the terminal equipment measurement is poor, the station can be selected. Conducive to subsequent data transmission.
  • the first type of reference signal in the embodiment of the present application may be any one of a synchronization signal, a broadcast channel reference signal, and a synchronization signal block (synchronization signal block, SSB); or,
  • the first type of reference signal can refer to the channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) used for beam management (for beam management), and the CSI used for L1 layer reference signal received power (L1-RSRP) measurement -RS, one of CSI-RS used for L1 layer signal-to-interference and noise ratio (L1-SINR) measurement, and CSI-RS used for mobility measurement (ie, CSI-RS for mobility).
  • CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
  • L1-RSRP L1 layer reference signal received power
  • L1-SINR L1 layer signal-to-interference and noise ratio
  • the reference signals of the first type in the embodiments of the present application are distinguished from the reference signals of the second type appearing below.
  • the second type of reference signal will be introduced below.
  • the terminal device sends a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or more reference signal identifiers.
  • the terminal device selects the first type of reference signal to be reported from the measured first type of reference signal based on the selection principle of “selecting the first type of reference signal with the largest adjustment value of RSRP to report” A type of reference signal.
  • the terminal equipment can also be based on other selection principles, which is not limited in this article.
  • the terminal device selects according to the SINR of the first type of reference signal, or selects according to the correlation of the beam corresponding to the first type of reference signal, or selects according to the channel capacity of the beam corresponding to the first type of reference signal, and so on.
  • each reference signal identifier in the one or more reference signal identifiers corresponds to a first-type reference signal
  • the first-type reference signals corresponding to the one or more reference identifiers are all measured by the terminal equipment.
  • the first type of reference signal is the first type of reference signal.
  • the first-type reference signal corresponding to the one or more reference signal identifiers is based on the measurement result of the one or more first-type reference signals and the one or more first-type reference signals respectively correspond to The beam spreading factor is determined.
  • the beam spreading factor corresponding to each first-type reference signal is used to adjust the measurement result of the first-type reference signal.
  • the first type of reference signal corresponding to one or more reference signal identifiers carried in the measurement report is the adjustment of the terminal equipment based on RSRP
  • the value is selected from the measured first-type reference signals.
  • the terminal device selects one or several first-type reference signals with the largest RSRP adjustment, which can be specifically configured by the network side.
  • the terminal device can use uplink resources or channels such as uplink control channels, uplink data channels, or uplink shared channels, or display through RRC signaling, MAC-CE messages, or uplink control information (UCI).
  • uplink resources or channels such as uplink control channels, uplink data channels, or uplink shared channels, or display through RRC signaling, MAC-CE messages, or uplink control information (UCI).
  • the adjustment value of the measurement result of the beam selected according to the beam spreading factor and/or the first type of reference signal is sent in a method of formula.
  • the terminal device can also use the random access channel (RACH), uplink sounding signal, uplink demodulation reference signal and other implicit methods to send the beam selected according to the beam spreading factor and/or the first type of reference The adjusted value of the measurement result of the signal.
  • RACH random access channel
  • the beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of the reference signal (specifically, the first type of reference signal).
  • the beam spreading factor may be beam level, reference signal resource level, reference signal resource set level, carrier level, or cell level.
  • the beam spreading factor at the beam level or the reference signal resource level indicates that within the coverage of a transmission beam, the access network device is capable of providing a service beam with a better beam gain.
  • each reference signal resource is configured with a beam spreading factor, as shown in Table 1.
  • the corresponding beam spreading factor is x
  • the corresponding beam spreading factor is y
  • the unit is decibel (dB).
  • the reference signal from the access network device is measured, and after the measurement result is obtained, the beam spreading factor corresponding to the reference signal needs to be used to adjust the measurement result to obtain the adjustment value of the measurement result.
  • the UE uses the beam spreading factor corresponding to RS1 to adjust the measurement result of RS1 to obtain the adjustment value of the measurement result of RS1, which is specifically the measurement result of RS1 + x, and the unit is Decibel milliwatt (relative to one milliwatt, dBm).
  • the UE uses the beam spreading factor corresponding to RS3 to adjust the measurement result of RS3 to obtain the adjustment value of the measurement result of RS3, which is specifically the measurement result of RS3 + y, the unit Is dBm.
  • the adjustment value of the measurement result is (-90+3)dBm, which is -87dBm.
  • the measurement result of RS3 is -95dBm
  • one set of reference signal resources is configured with one beam spreading factor.
  • the beam spreading factor is applicable to each reference signal resource in the reference signal resource set. That is, the terminal device can use the beam spreading factor to adjust the measurement result of any reference signal in the reference signal resource set to obtain an adjustment value of the measurement result.
  • one carrier or one set of carriers is configured with one beam spreading factor.
  • carrier 1 is configured with beam spreading factor 1
  • carrier 2 is configured with beam spreading factor 2.
  • the UE measures the reference signal on carrier 1, and can use beam spreading factor 1 to adjust the measurement result.
  • the UE measures the reference signal on carrier 2, and can use beam spreading factor 2 to adjust the measurement result.
  • one cell or a set of cells is configured with one beam spreading factor.
  • the UE adjusts the measurement result of each reference signal according to the beam spreading factor corresponding to the reference signal to obtain the adjustment value of the measurement result. Further, the UE selects a beam according to the adjustment value of the measurement result, and sends a measurement report to the access network device.
  • the access network device receives the measurement report from the terminal device.
  • the access network device provides the terminal device with a service beam for data transmission according to the measurement report.
  • the access network device corresponds to the measurement report, specifically, the one or more reference signal identifiers carried in the measurement report, or the one or more reference signal identifiers and the one or more reference signal identifiers respectively.
  • the adjusted value of the measurement result of the first type of reference signal provides the UE with a service beam for data transmission.
  • the access network device provides a service beam for data transmission provided by the terminal device, that is, the access network device provides the terminal device with a beam corresponding to the second type of reference signal.
  • the second type of reference signal can be any of the following signals:
  • Channel state information reference signal channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS
  • downlink control channel demodulation reference signal demodulation reference signal, DMRS
  • downlink shared channel demodulation reference signal downlink phase noise tracking signal
  • tracking signal (Tracking signal) reference signal TRS
  • the second type of reference signal may also refer to a downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH) or a physical downlink shared channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH).
  • PDCCH physical downlink control channel
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • Some transmitters can support wide beams as well as narrow beams. They can use only a wide beam to perform beam scanning for multiple users in common, and then use a narrow beam to perform data transmission for a specific terminal. However, since this narrow beam is invisible to the terminal before the actual data transmission, the terminal may miss this more potential serving cell, transmission point, or beam. Therefore, the beam spreading factor can be used to inform the terminal that if the terminal chooses to attach to this serving cell, transmission point, or beam, the terminal can expect to obtain a higher gain serving beam during data transmission.
  • the measurement report reported by the UE takes into account the beam spreading factor, rather than only reporting based on the measurement results of the first type of reference signal, in some scenarios, it can prevent the UE from directly selecting the serving beam based on the measurement results of the first type of reference signal. As a result, it is impossible to select the optimal beam (for example, the beam corresponding to the second type of reference signal) that is conducive to data transmission.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which a UE performs site switching or beam switching.
  • station 1 has precise alignment capabilities
  • the beam used by station 1 to send RS1 belongs to one of the beams used for beam scanning at station 1
  • the beam used for station 1 sending RS2 belongs to the beam used for data transmission at station 1
  • One is a beam with precise alignment capabilities.
  • the station 2 does not have the ability to accurately align
  • the beam used by the station 2 to send RS3 belongs to the beam used by the station 2 for beam scanning, and is also the beam used by the station 2 for data transmission.
  • station 1 can provide two types of beams, so that one UE can provide two beams with different beam gains, while station 2 can only provide one type of beam, so that only one UE can provide beams with one beam gain.
  • the reference signals that the UE can periodically measure are RS1 from station 1 and RS3 from station 2.
  • the beam with the higher beam gain transmits RS2 to the UE.
  • RS1 and RS3 in the example of FIG. 5 belong to the first type of reference signal in the embodiment of the present application, and RS2 belongs to the second type of reference signal.
  • the RSRP of RS2 may reach -88dBm.
  • the RSRP of RS2 is not only higher than that of RS1 of station 1, but also higher than that of RS1.
  • the RSRP of the RS3 of the station 2 is more beneficial to the data transmission of the UE.
  • the UE only selects a service site or a service beam according to the measurement result of the first type of reference signal, such as RSRP, and it may happen that a service beam that is not conducive to data transmission is selected.
  • the first type of reference signal such as RSRP
  • UE1 and UE2 are two different terminal devices.
  • UE1 and UE2 respectively measure the reference signals RS1, RS2, and RS3 for beam scanning sent by station 1, and perform beam selection according to the measurement result of the reference signal, such as RSRP.
  • RS1 will select RS1
  • UE2 will select RS2. Therefore, the access network needs to use two sets of radio frequency channels to serve the two UEs respectively. Assume that in this case, the data transmission rates of UE1 and UE2 can reach rate 1 and rate 2, respectively.
  • station 1 can provide the beams corresponding to RS3 for data transmission between UE1 and UE2, it is assumed that UE1 and UE2 reach rate 1'and rate 2'respectively, although these rates may satisfy equation (1):
  • station 1 provides the beam corresponding to RS3 for data transmission between UE1 and UE2
  • station 1 only uses one set of radio frequency channels, and there is a set of radio frequency channels remaining to serve other users.
  • station 1 can also use the remaining set of radio frequency channels to serve UE3, and the data transmission rate provided by station 1 for UE3 can reach rate 3', then station 1 is for 3 users at the same time (ie, UE1, UE2, and UE3) Provide data transmission services.
  • the data transmission rate of each user may satisfy equation (2):
  • the terminal device selects the beam only by measuring the quality of the first type of reference signal, which is not conducive to maximizing the cell capacity.
  • the network side configures the beam spreading factor, its role is to indicate that the UE is within the coverage of the beam corresponding to the spreading factor, and the network side has the ability to provide narrower and higher gain beams for UE data transmission .
  • the beam spreading factor is configured on the network side, and its effect is that the terminal device uses the beam spreading factor to adjust the measurement results of the first type of reference signal, so as to avoid the measurement results of some first type reference signals being lower than other sites.
  • the terminal device directly loses the possibility of selecting some sites corresponding to the first-type reference signals as the service site, thereby avoiding selecting sites that are not conducive to data transmission as the service site.
  • the network side configures the beam spreading factor, which can assist the UE to select a beam that is conducive to maximizing cell capacity.
  • the network side configures the beam spreading factor for the terminal device to adjust the measurement result of the first type reference signal, which improves the possibility that the beam corresponding to the first type reference signal with a lower measurement result is selected as the service beam by the terminal device, and improves The probability of successful multi-user pairing helps the terminal device to select the beam that maximizes the cell capacity.
  • the beam spreading factor may be specified by the protocol, or may be configured by the access network device for the UE through radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling, without limitation.
  • radio resource control radio resource control, RRC
  • the access network device may configure the beam spreading factor for the UE through RRC signaling.
  • step 240 may also be included before step 220.
  • the access network device sends configuration information to the UE, where the configuration information carries information about the beam spreading factor.
  • the configuration information carries information about the beam spreading factor corresponding to the first-type reference signal of each site.
  • the access network equipment can use downlink resources or channels such as broadcast channels, system messages, system message updates, paging messages, downlink control channels, downlink data channels, and downlink shared channels, or through radio resource control (radio resource control). , RRC) signaling, media access control-control element (MAC-CE) message, or DCI, etc. send the configuration information to the terminal device without limitation.
  • downlink resources or channels such as broadcast channels, system messages, system message updates, paging messages, downlink control channels, downlink data channels, and downlink shared channels, or through radio resource control (radio resource control).
  • RRC radio resource control
  • MAC-CE media access control-control element
  • DCI DCI
  • the configuration information may carry beam spreading factors corresponding to all the first-type reference signals of each site.
  • the configuration information may carry a beam spreading factor corresponding to a part of the first-type reference signal, while another part of the first-type reference signal is not configured with a beam spreading factor.
  • the measurement result of the first type reference signal for which the beam spreading factor is not configured is non-adjustable by default.
  • the UE obtains the RSRP of RS1 and the RSRP of RS3 through periodic measurement, and the configuration information received from the access network device only carries the beam spreading factor corresponding to RS1, the UE defaults to RS3 does not have beam spreading capabilities.
  • the beam spreading factor corresponding to the first type reference signal that does not have the beam spreading capability may be configured to be 0 dB, and the default is that the first type reference signal does not have the beam spreading capability.
  • the beam spreading factor corresponding to RS1 may be xdB
  • the beam spreading factor corresponding to RS3 may be 0dB, where x is an integer and x ⁇ 0.
  • the configuration information may be included in the RRC message, which is not limited.
  • some fields of the configuration information can be as follows:
  • “ExpansionFactor” represents the beam expansion factor in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the value of the beam spreading factor is an integer, for example, the value range is ⁇ -15,...16 ⁇ , and the unit is dB.
  • the value of the beam spreading factor is only used as an example. According to the function of the beam spreading factor, those skilled in the art can also set different value ranges in different scenarios, which are not limited.
  • the beam spreading factor can be set to be larger. If the RSRP difference between the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal is small, the beam spreading factor can be set to be smaller.
  • the configuration of the beam spreading factor may be "resource set level”. It should be understood that “resource set level” means that the beam spreading factor can be used to adjust each resource in the resource set.
  • part of the resources of the configuration information can be as follows:
  • “ExpansionFactor” means beam expansion factor.
  • the value of the beam spreading factor is an integer, and the value range is ⁇ -15,...16 ⁇ .
  • the default is that no beam spreading factor is configured
  • the first type of reference signal has no beam spreading function, in other words, the default value of the beam spreading factor is 0dB.
  • the terminal device considers the beam spreading factor to select the service beam used for data transmission, instead of just taking the measurement result of the first type of reference signal as the only factor to be considered, it is a manifestation of the terminal device's ability.
  • only terminal devices that support the selection of the service beam for data transmission based on the beam spreading factor can use the technical solution provided in this application to select the service beam for data transmission and report to the network.
  • the method 200 may further include step 250.
  • the terminal device sends capability information to the access network device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports selection of a reference signal based on a beam spreading factor.
  • the access network device receives the capability information from the terminal device, and when the terminal device supports the selection of the first type of reference signal based on the beam spreading factor, it sends the information of the beam spreading factor of the first type of reference signal to the terminal device to facilitate The terminal equipment is subsequently used for beam selection.
  • the access network device receives capability information from the terminal device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device does not support selecting the first type of reference signal based on the beam spreading factor.
  • the access network device may choose not to send the information of the beam spreading factor to the terminal device. This situation is not concerned in this application.
  • the value of the beam spreading factor is set based on the ratio or difference between the number of antenna elements activated when the access network device sends the first type of reference signal and the number of antenna elements activated when the access network device sends the second type of reference signal. of.
  • the value of the beam spreading factor is based on the ratio of the number of radio frequency channels when the access network device sends the first type reference signal to the number of radio frequency channels activated when the access network device sends the second type reference signal, or The difference is set.
  • the value of the beam spreading factor is set based on the ratio or difference between the transmission power when the access network device transmits the first type reference signal and the transmission power when the access network device transmits the second type reference signal. Fixed.
  • the value of the beam spreading factor is based on the effective radiated power (EIRP) when the access network device sends the first type reference signal and the value when the access network device sends the second type reference signal.
  • EIRP effective radiated power
  • the value of the beam spreading factor is set based on the ratio or difference between the antenna gain when the access network device sends the first type reference signal and the antenna gain when the access network device sends the second type reference signal. Fixed.
  • the terminal device sending a measurement report is triggered based on an event.
  • the terminal device measures the first-type reference signal from the access network device to obtain the measurement result of the first-type reference signal. Further, the terminal device sends a measurement report when the trigger condition triggered by the event is met according to the measurement result of the first type of reference signal and the beam spreading factor.
  • the trigger condition may be trigger condition 1 and/or trigger condition 2 as follows.
  • Trigger condition 1 The adjustment value of the measurement result of the first type of reference signal is higher than or equal to the threshold value.
  • the measurement report includes one or more reference signal identifiers, and the reference signal corresponding to each reference signal identifier belongs to the first type of reference signal whose adjustment value of the measurement result is higher than the threshold value.
  • the terminal device measures three first-type reference signals, which are RS1, RS2, and RS3, respectively, where the adjusted value of RSRP of RS1 and the adjusted value of RSPR of RS2 are higher than the threshold. Then the terminal device sends a measurement report to the access network device.
  • the measurement report may include the identification of all reference signals whose adjustment value of the measurement result is higher than the threshold value.
  • the measurement report may include the identification of RS1 and the identification of RS2.
  • the measurement report may include the identifier of a part of the reference signal whose adjustment value of the measurement result is higher than the threshold.
  • the measurement report may include the identifier of RS1, or the measurement report may include the identifier of RS2.
  • the terminal device can determine that the RSRP of RS1 is greater than the threshold value through the measured RSRP of the different first type reference signals, and the RSRP of RS3 is less than the threshold value, the terminal device will select RS1 And report to the network side.
  • the terminal device can choose to report RS3.
  • the terminal device selects station 1 corresponding to RS3, it can obtain the narrower and higher beam gain beam provided by station 1 (for example, the beam corresponding to RS2 in Figure 5) for data transmission, so that the terminal device can obtain A higher data transmission rate helps avoid the problems described in scenario 1 above.
  • Trigger condition 2 The adjusted value of the RSRP of the first reference signal is higher than the adjusted value of the RSRP of the second reference signal.
  • the first reference signal and the second reference signal both belong to the first type of reference signal measured by the terminal equipment, and the adjustment value of the RSRP of the first reference signal is the first beam spreading factor corresponding to the first reference signal.
  • the RSRP of a reference signal is adjusted, and the adjusted value of the RSRP of the second reference signal is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the second reference signal by using the second beam spreading factor corresponding to the second reference signal.
  • the terminal device may receive the third reference signal from the access network device.
  • the third reference signal may be sent by the first station that sends the first reference signal.
  • the RSRP of the first reference signal sent by the first station is configured with a beam spreading factor, which means that the first station can also provide the terminal device with a beam with a gain higher than that of the beam corresponding to the first reference signal, that is, the third The beam corresponding to the reference signal.
  • the third reference signal itself is a data signal, in other words, the beam corresponding to the third reference signal is used for data transmission, and the beams corresponding to the first reference signal and the second reference signal are used for beam scanning.
  • the current site refers to a site that currently provides a service beam for the UE.
  • the first reference signal in trigger condition 2 belongs to the first type of reference signal of the first station
  • the second reference signal belongs to the first type of reference signal of the second station (that is, the current station).
  • the identification of the reference signal is associated with the station number.
  • the first reference signal and the second reference signal belong to different reference signal sets.
  • the identification of the reference signal set is related to the number of the station.
  • the site number may be, for example, information related to one or more of the following information:
  • the terminal equipment can obtain the information of the station corresponding to the first type reference signal according to the measured identification of the first type reference signal, so as to determine whether there is a better beam Other sites. If the beam provided by other sites is better than the current site, the terminal device can request the access network device to switch the site.
  • the terminal device does not need to distinguish which site each measured reference signal of the first type comes from, but only needs to adjust the RSRP of one reference signal to be higher than the RSRP of another reference signal.
  • the measurement report can be sent to the access network device, requesting to switch the service beam.
  • the terminal device may request the beam corresponding to the first type of reference signal with a higher adjustment value as the serving beam.
  • the second reference signal in trigger condition 2 may be the reference signal corresponding to the current serving beam of the terminal device, and the first reference signal may be the reference signal of the first type of reference signal measured by the terminal device. anyone.
  • the data in Table 2 and Table 3 above are taken as examples.
  • the RS1 of RS1 measured by the terminal equipment is -90dBm
  • the RSRP of RS3 is -95dBm, as shown in Table 2
  • the site that currently provides service beams for the terminal equipment is The site corresponding to RS1.
  • the terminal equipment uses the beam spreading factor to adjust the RSRP of RS1 and the RSRP of RS3 to obtain the adjusted value of RSRP, as shown in Table 3.
  • the terminal device may send a measurement report to request to switch the service site. For example, the terminal device can request to switch to the station corresponding to RS3.
  • the RSRP of the first type of reference signal measured by the terminal device and the configured beam spreading factor are shown in Table 4.
  • the terminal device judges that the adjusted RSRP of RS1> the adjusted RSRP of RS3, and the trigger condition 2 is not satisfied, and the terminal device may not send a measurement report.
  • the network side configures the beam spreading factor for the terminal device to notify the terminal device to provide a beam with a higher beam based on the first type of reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning.
  • the gain beam is used for data transmission, which helps the terminal equipment to select a site that can provide a higher data transmission rate, which is conducive to data transmission.
  • the manner in which the access network device configures the beam spreading factor for the terminal device in the above embodiment is just an example.
  • the network device can also introduce the beam spreading factor in the initial access process, beam management process, and handover process. Some other things are given below. The realization.
  • the access network device may configure the beam spreading factor related information in the random access related indication. For example, the access network device configures the beam spreading factor related information and the transmission power of the SS/PBCH together. Each SS/PBCH can have different beam spreading factors.
  • the terminal device can adjust the SS/PBCH measurement result according to the beam spreading factor to select the corresponding access resource, for example, select the RACH resource corresponding to the SS/PBCH with the highest adjusted RSRP for access.
  • the correspondence between SS/PBCH and RACH resources is pre-configured.
  • the transmit power at which the terminal transmits the RACH resource can be adjusted according to the beam spreading factor.
  • the beam spreading factor corresponding to the SS/PBCH with the highest RSRP is 3dB
  • the RACH resource power corresponding to the terminal’s transmission is min ⁇ maximum output power, target power+path loss+3dB ⁇ , where min ⁇ means the minimum Value operation, the target power is pre-configured, and the path loss is the transmission power of the SS/PBCH minus the measured RSRP of the SS/PBCH.
  • the access network device may configure the beam spreading factor related information in the downlink beam related indication.
  • the TCI state may include a beam spreading factor.
  • Each TCI state can have different beam spreading factors.
  • the terminal device can adjust the receiving average gain (average gain) according to the beam spreading factor. For example, the beam spreading factor corresponding to the reference signal in the TCI state indication used for the PDSCH is 3dB, then the terminal should assume that the average gain of the received PDSCH is 3dB higher than the average gain of the received reference signal. In other words, when using the QCL parameter of the reference signal to compensate the PDSCH, an additional 3dB gain needs to be considered.
  • the access network device may configure the beam spreading factor related information in the uplink beam related indication.
  • the beam spreading factor may be included in the spatial relation or the uplink TCI.
  • Each spatial relation or uplink TCI can have a different beam spreading factor.
  • the terminal device can adjust the uplink transmission beam or the uplink transmission power according to the beam spreading factor. For example, if the beam spread factor corresponding to the reference signal in the spatial relation indication of the PUCCH is 3dB, then the terminal uses a transmit beam with a beam gain that is 3dB higher than the transmit beam gain corresponding to the receive beam of the reference signal. Alternatively, the terminal uses the transmit beam corresponding to the receive beam of the reference signal for uplink transmission, but an additional 3dB transmit power needs to be considered.
  • the access network device may configure the beam spreading factor related information in the transmission power related indication.
  • the access network device may configure the beam spreading factor related information in the path loss reference signal related indication.
  • the terminal device may determine the uplink transmission power according to the related information of the beam spreading factor.
  • the beam spreading factor corresponding to the path loss reference signal is 3dB.
  • the terminal device can determine the transmit power according to min ⁇ maximum output power, target power + (path loss + 3dB) + other adjustments ⁇ , where min ⁇ means the minimum Value operation, the target power is the pre-configured P0, and the path loss is the path loss reference signal transmission power minus the measured RSRP of the path loss reference signal.
  • FIG. 7 is an example of the method for selecting beams provided by this application.
  • the terminal device sends capability information to the access network device, where the capability information is used to instruct the terminal device to support selection of a reference signal for data transmission based on a beam spreading factor.
  • the access network device receives the capability information from the terminal device.
  • the capability information can be carried in the RRC message, which is not limited.
  • the access network device executes step 320.
  • the access network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information includes beam spreading factor information.
  • the configuration information can be carried in an RRC message.
  • the information of the beam spreading factor can refer to the above description, and will not be repeated.
  • the access network device sends M type 1 reference signals to the terminal device, where M ⁇ 1, and M is an integer.
  • the terminal device measures M first-type reference signals from the access network device, and obtains the RSRP of each first-type reference signal in the M first-type reference signals.
  • the terminal device sends a measurement report to the access network device.
  • the measurement report includes N reference signal identifiers, where N ⁇ 1, N ⁇ M, and N is an integer.
  • the N reference signal identifiers are used to identify N first-type reference signals, and the N first-type reference signals belong to the M first-type reference signals. In other words, the N first-type reference signals are selected from the M first-type reference signals.
  • the terminal device adjusts the RSRPs of the M first-type reference signals respectively according to the beam spreading factors of the M first-type reference signals to obtain the respective RSRPs of the M first-type reference signals The adjusted value. Further, the terminal device selects N first-type reference signals to feed back to the access network device according to the RSRP adjustment values of the M first-type reference signals. Wherein, the measurement report carries the identifiers of the selected N first-type reference signals.
  • the access network device sends the second type of reference signal to the terminal device based on the received measurement report.
  • the second type of reference signal is used to transmit data.
  • the second type of reference signal is the data signal.
  • the UE measures RS1 (ie, an example of the first reference signal) and RS3 (ie, an example of the second reference signal) from the access network device.
  • the UE sends a measurement report to the access network device, and the measurement report carries the identifier of RS1.
  • the access network device sends a third reference signal to the terminal device according to the measurement report of the terminal device.
  • the access network device sends RS2 to the terminal device through station 1 (ie, an example of the third reference signal) ,
  • the beam corresponding to RS2 is the beam used for data transmission.
  • the terminal device measures one or more first-type reference signals from the access network device, that is, the terminal device measures the first-type reference signals from one or more sites.
  • the terminal device considers the influence of the beam spreading factor on the measurement results of the first type of reference signal, and adjusts the respective measurement results according to the beam spreading factor corresponding to the first type of reference signal, and selects the serving beam to report according to the adjusted value, which is beneficial to the terminal
  • the equipment is selected to a site that can provide a second type of reference signal that is more conducive to data transmission. Therefore, the station that can provide the second type of reference signal sends the second type of reference signal to the terminal device, which can increase the data transmission rate.
  • FIG. 8 is another schematic flowchart of the method for selecting a beam provided by this application.
  • the method 500 mainly includes steps 510-530.
  • steps 540 and/or 550 may also be included.
  • the terminal device measures one or more first-type reference signals from the access network device, and obtains a measurement result of each first-type reference signal.
  • step 510 refer to step 210, which will not be described again.
  • the terminal device sends a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or more reference signal identifiers.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device completes the measurement, it can send a measurement report to the access network device according to the configuration on the network side.
  • the configuration on the network side may include the number of reference signals reported by the terminal device.
  • Table 5 and Table 6 can be understood in conjunction with the scenario shown in FIG. 6.
  • the terminal device 2 adjusts the RSRP of RS2 and the RSRP of RS3 according to the respective beam spreading factors of RS2 and RS3 to obtain the adjusted RSRP. According to the data shown in Table 6, terminal device 2 should select RS3 to report. Therefore, the terminal device 2 sends a measurement report 2 to the access network device, and the measurement report 2 contains the RS3 identifier.
  • RS3 is an example of the fourth reference signal.
  • RS3 is an example of the fourth reference signal.
  • FIG. 6 For details, refer to the scenario shown in FIG. 6.
  • the terminal device can only report one reference signal identifier 2 as an example.
  • the network side can also configure the terminal device to adopt other reporting methods.
  • the network side may configure the terminal device to report the identification of two or more reference signals.
  • the network side may configure the terminal equipment to report the identification of all reference signals above the threshold.
  • the measurement report may also carry the adjusted measurement result of the reference signal, which is not limited.
  • the access network device receives measurement reports from at least two terminal devices.
  • the access network device provides service beams for data transmission to the at least two terminal devices according to the measurement reports of the at least two terminal devices.
  • the access network device mainly considers whether there is Multiple terminal devices that can be paired (ie, multiple users). If there are terminal devices that can be paired, the access network device provides service beams for the multiple terminal devices through a set of radio frequency channels.
  • terminal device 1 sends measurement report 1
  • measurement report 1 carries the identification of RS3
  • terminal device 2 sends measurement report 2
  • measurement report 2 contains the identification of RS3.
  • the access network equipment can learn that the terminal equipment 1 and the terminal equipment 2 can be paired. Therefore, the access network equipment provides RS3 as its data transmission service for both the terminal equipment 1 and the terminal equipment 2. Beam.
  • step 530 when the access network device provides the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2 with a wide beam for data transmission as a service beam, the muting can cover the narrow beam of the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2.
  • the beam spreading factor may be specified by the protocol, or the access network device may be configured for the UE through radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling, and there is no restriction.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • step 540 may be further included before step 520.
  • the access network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information carries information about the beam spreading factor.
  • reference signal resources may be granular. This is the same as the introduction in scenario 1, see above, and will not be repeated.
  • step 550 may also be included.
  • the terminal device sends capability information to the access network device, where the capability information is used to instruct the terminal device to support selection of a reference signal for data transmission based on a beam spreading factor.
  • the capability information is specifically used to indicate that the terminal device supports the selection of the first type of reference signal based on the beam spreading factor.
  • Step 550 may be before step 510, or before step 530, or after the UE accesses the network, which is not limited herein.
  • the beam spreading factor configured by the access network device is related to the cell capacity, and the terminal device considers the beam spreading factor to select the reference signal, which is beneficial for the terminal device to select the serving beam that can maximize the cell capacity .
  • FIG. 9 is another example of the beam selection method provided by this application.
  • the terminal device sends capability information to the access network device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports selection of a reference signal based on a beam spreading factor.
  • each terminal device can send its own capability information to the network side.
  • terminal device 1 and terminal device 2 are taken as examples.
  • the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2 respectively receive the configuration information from the access network device, thereby obtaining the information of the beam spreading factor.
  • the access network device sends one or more first-type reference signals.
  • station 1 sends RS1, RS2, and RS3.
  • RS1, RS2, and RS3 all belong to the first type of reference signals.
  • the terminal device sends a measurement report to the access network device based on the configuration on the network side.
  • the terminal device selects the first type of reference signal to be reported from the measured first type of reference signal based on the selection principle of “selecting the first type of reference signal with the largest RSRP adjustment value to report”.
  • the network side configures the terminal equipment to report only one reference signal identifier.
  • RS1 and RS3 can be measured. Assuming that the RSRP of RS1 and RS3 measured by UE1 is shown in Table 5, UE1 will use the first measured RSRP as shown in Table 5.
  • the RSRP adjustment value of the class reference signal sends a measurement report 1 to the access network device. Based on the above selection principle, UE1 should select RS3. Therefore, the RS3 identification is included in the measurement report 1.
  • UE2 can measure RS2 and RS3. Based on the same selection principle, it is assumed that the RSRP of RS2 and RS3 measured by UE2 are as shown in Table 6. UE2 sends measurement report 2 to the access network device according to the measured RSRP adjustment value of the first type of reference signal. Measurement report 2 contains the RS3 logo.
  • RS3 is an example of the fourth reference signal.
  • the access network device Based on the measurement report 1 and the measurement report 2, the access network device provides the beam corresponding to RS3 (that is, the fourth reference signal) as the service beam for the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2 for data transmission.
  • RS3 that is, the fourth reference signal
  • the access network device configures a beam spreading factor for the terminal device from the perspective of the maximum cell capacity, so that multiple terminal devices can be successfully paired, thereby being able to select the beam that helps maximize the cell capacity, thereby improving the cell capacity.
  • the communication device 1000 includes a processing unit 1100 and a transceiver unit 1200.
  • the processing unit 1100 is configured to receive a reference signal from an access network device, and obtain a measurement result of the reference signal;
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is configured to send a measurement report, the measurement report including the one or more reference signal identifiers, and the reference signal corresponding to the one or more reference signal identifiers is based on the beam spreading factor and the measurement of the reference signal If the result is determined, the beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of the reference signal.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is further configured to receive configuration information from the access network device, where the configuration information includes information about the beam spreading factor.
  • the transceiving unit 1200 is further configured to send capability information to the access network device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports selecting a reference signal based on the beam spreading factor.
  • the configuration information includes information about the expansion factor, including:
  • the configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, each beam spreading factor corresponds to a reference signal set, and each beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of any reference signal in the corresponding reference signal set.
  • the measurement report further includes an adjustment value of the measurement result of the reference signal corresponding to each reference signal identifier, wherein the adjustment value of the measurement result of the reference signal is based on The beam spreading factor corresponding to the reference signal is obtained by adjusting the measurement result of the reference signal.
  • the measurement result is RSRP
  • the transceiving unit 1200 is configured to receive at least two reference signals from the access network device to obtain each of the at least two reference signals. RSRP;
  • the second site is a service site of the terminal device, and beams corresponding to each of the first reference signal and the second reference signal are used for beam scanning;
  • control all The transceiving unit 1200 sends the measurement report to the access network device, where the measurement report includes the identifier of the first reference signal,
  • the adjustment value of the RSRP of the first reference signal is higher than the RSRP of the second reference signal or the adjustment value of the RSRP of the second reference signal, wherein the adjustment value of the RSRP of the first reference signal is based on
  • the first beam spreading factor corresponding to the first reference signal is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the first reference signal, and when the second reference signal is configured with a second beam spreading factor, the second reference signal
  • the adjustment value of the RSRP is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the second reference signal according to the second beam spreading factor.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is further configured to receive a third reference signal from the access network device, and the beam corresponding to the third reference signal is generated by the first reference signal. Provided by the site, the beam corresponding to the third reference signal is used for data transmission;
  • the gain of the beam corresponding to the third reference signal sent by the first station to the terminal device is higher than the gain of the beam corresponding to the first reference signal sent by the first station to the terminal device
  • the gain of the beam corresponding to the third reference signal sent by the first station to the terminal device is higher than the gain of the beam corresponding to the second reference signal sent by the second station to the terminal device .
  • the transceiving unit 1200 is specifically configured to measure at least two reference signals from the access network device to obtain measurement results of the at least two reference signals, and The beams corresponding to each of the at least two reference signals are used for beam scanning, where the at least two reference signals include a fourth reference signal;
  • the processing unit 1100 controls the transceiver unit 1200 to send the measurement report when it is determined that the trigger condition is satisfied, the measurement report includes the identifier of the fourth reference signal, wherein the trigger condition is as follows:
  • the adjusted value of the RSRP of the fourth reference signal is higher than the RSRP of the other reference signal among the at least two reference signals or the adjusted value of the RSRP of the other reference signal.
  • the processing unit 1100 is further configured to use a beam corresponding to the fourth reference signal as a service beam, wherein the beam corresponding to the fourth reference signal is used by the access Provided by the network device, the measurement report of at least two terminal devices received by the access network device includes the identifier of the fourth reference signal, and the beam corresponding to the fourth reference signal serves as the at least two terminal devices Service beam.
  • the beam spreading factor is determined according to the following parameters:
  • the ratio or difference of the transmission power when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning and the transmission power when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for data transmission is the ratio or difference of the transmission power when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning and the transmission power when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for data transmission.
  • the transceiving unit 1200 is further configured to measure at least two reference signals from the access network device to obtain measurement results of the at least two reference signals;
  • the communication apparatus 1000 may be a terminal device in the method embodiment.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 may be a transceiver, and the transceiver may include a transmitter and a receiver.
  • the processing unit 1100 may be a processing device.
  • the function of the processing device can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the processing device may include a memory and a processor, where the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor reads and executes the computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device 1000 executes the operations performed by the terminal device in each method embodiment and /Or processing.
  • the processing device may only include a processor, and the memory for storing the computer program is located outside the processing device.
  • the processor is connected to the memory through a circuit/wire to read and execute the computer program stored in the memory.
  • the processing device may be a chip or an integrated circuit.
  • the communication device 2000 includes a transceiver unit 2100 and a processing unit 2200.
  • the transceiver unit 2100 is configured to receive a measurement report from a terminal device, the measurement report containing one or more reference signal identifiers, where the measurement report is a measurement report from the terminal device from the access network device according to the measurement.
  • the processing unit 2200 is configured to provide the terminal device with a service beam for data transmission according to the measurement report.
  • the transceiving unit 2100 is further configured to send configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information includes the beam spreading factor information.
  • the configuration information includes information about the expansion factor, including:
  • the configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, and each beam spreading factor corresponds to a reference signal, where each beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of the corresponding reference signal; or,
  • the configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, each beam spreading factor corresponds to a reference signal set, and each beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of any reference signal in the corresponding reference signal set.
  • the measurement report further includes an adjustment value of the measurement result of the reference signal corresponding to each reference signal identifier, wherein the adjustment value of the measurement result of the reference signal is based on The beam spreading factor corresponding to the reference signal is obtained by adjusting the measurement result of the reference signal.
  • the transceiver unit 2100 is further configured to:
  • the transceiving unit 2100 is further configured to receive a measurement report from the terminal device, the measurement report including the identifier of the first reference signal;
  • the processing unit 2200 is configured to control the transceiver unit 2100 to send a third reference signal to the terminal device according to the identifier of the first reference signal included in the measurement report, wherein the third reference signal The beam corresponding to the signal is used as the service beam of the terminal device for data transmission.
  • the transceiver unit 2100 is further configured to:
  • the processing unit 2200 is further configured to provide the transmission beam corresponding to the fourth reference signal as the service beam of the at least two terminal devices, and silence other transmission beams.
  • the communication apparatus 2000 may be an access network device in the method embodiment.
  • the transceiver unit 2100 may be a transceiver, and the transceiver may include a transmitter and a receiver.
  • the processing unit 2200 may be a processing device.
  • the communication device 2000 may be a chip or an integrated circuit installed in an access network device.
  • the transceiver unit 2100 may be a communication interface or an interface circuit.
  • the transceiver unit 2100 is an input/output interface, an input/output circuit, etc.
  • the processing unit 2200 may be a processing device.
  • the function of the processing device can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the processing device may include a memory and a processor, where the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor reads and executes the computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device 2000 executes the operations executed by the access network device in the various method embodiments. Operation and/or processing.
  • the processing device may only include a processor, and the memory for storing the computer program is located outside the processing device.
  • the processor is connected to the memory through a circuit/wire to read and execute the computer program stored in the memory.
  • the processing device may be a chip or an integrated circuit.
  • the communication device 10 includes: one or more processors 11, one or more memories 12 and one or more communication interfaces 13.
  • the processor 11 is used to control the communication interface 13 to send and receive signals
  • the memory 12 is used to store a computer program
  • the processor 11 is used to call and run the computer program from the memory 12, so that the terminal device executes the Processes and/or operations are executed.
  • the processor 11 may have the function of the processing unit 1200 shown in FIG. 10, and the communication interface 13 may have the function of the transceiving unit 1100 shown in FIG.
  • the processor 11 may be used to perform the processing or operation performed by the terminal device in Figure 2-9, and the communication interface 13 is used to perform the sending and/or receiving actions performed by the terminal device in Figure 2-9. .
  • the processor 11 may be a baseband device, and the communication interface 13 may be a radio frequency device.
  • the communication device 10 may be a chip installed in a terminal device.
  • the communication interface 13 may be an interface circuit or an input/output interface.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of the communication device 20 provided in the present application.
  • the communication device 20 includes: one or more processors 21, one or more memories 22 and one or more communication interfaces 23.
  • the processor 21 is used to control the communication interface 23 to send and receive signals
  • the memory 22 is used to store a computer program
  • the processor 21 is used to call and run the computer program from the memory 22, so that the access network equipment is The executed process and/or operation is executed.
  • the processor 21 may have the function of the processing unit 2200 shown in FIG. 11, and the communication interface 23 may have the function of the transceiving unit 2100 shown in FIG.
  • the processor 21 may be used to perform the processing or operation performed by the access network device in Figure 2-9, and the communication interface 23 is used to perform the sending and/or operations performed by the access network device in Figure 2-9. Or the action of receiving, I will not repeat it.
  • the communication device 20 may be an access network device in the method embodiment.
  • the communication interface 23 may be a transceiver.
  • the transceiver may include a receiver and a transmitter.
  • this application also provides a computer-readable storage medium in which computer instructions are stored.
  • the operations performed by the terminal device in the method embodiments of this application are And/or the process is executed.
  • the application also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes computer program code or instructions.
  • the operations and/or processes performed by the terminal device in the method embodiments of the application are Be executed.
  • the computer program product includes computer program code or instructions. When the computer program code or instructions run on a computer, the operation and/ Or the process is executed.
  • the application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the memory for storing the computer program is provided independently of the chip, and the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the operations and/or processing performed by the access network device in any method embodiment are executed.
  • the chip may also include a communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, or an interface circuit or the like.
  • the chip may also include the memory.
  • this application also provides a wireless communication system, including the terminal device and/or the access network device in the embodiment of this application.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has the ability to process signals.
  • the steps of the foregoing method embodiments can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the processor can be a general-purpose processor, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic Devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous dynamic random access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory direct rambus RAM, DRRAM
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the disclosed system, device, and method can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.

Abstract

The present application provides a beam selection method. A network side indicates, by configuring a beam spreading factor for a terminal device, that a network device can provide a beam for data transmission having a higher beam gain in addition to providing a beam for beam scanning, so that the terminal device considers, in the process of selecting a service beam, the factor of the beam spreading factor in addition to considering the measurement result of a reference signal corresponding to the beam for beam scanning, thus, the terminal device can be assisted to select a site that can provide a beam having a higher data transmission rate, thereby facilitating subsequent data transmission.

Description

选择波束的方法和通信装置Method for selecting beam and communication device 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及无线通信技术领域,更具体地,涉及一种选择波束的方法和通信装置。This application relates to the field of wireless communication technology, and more specifically, to a method and communication device for selecting a beam.
背景技术Background technique
在无线通信系统中,为了克服路损,网络设备和终端设备通常都会使用具有方向性的高增益的天线阵列形成模拟波束来进行通信。模拟波束是具有方向性的,波束宽度越窄,天线增益越大。网络设备和终端设备可以朝向特定的发现发送和接收。以下行通信为例,网络设备向特定方向发送,终端设备向特定方向接收,在发送和接收的方向对齐的情况下,可以实现正常通信。为了实现波束的对齐,需要进行波束训练。In a wireless communication system, in order to overcome path loss, network equipment and terminal equipment usually use directional high-gain antenna arrays to form analog beams for communication. The analog beam is directional. The narrower the beam width, the greater the antenna gain. Network devices and terminal devices can send and receive towards specific discoveries. Take the following line communication as an example. The network device sends in a specific direction, and the terminal device receives in a specific direction. Normal communication can be realized when the sending and receiving directions are aligned. In order to achieve beam alignment, beam training is required.
下行波束训练主要是终端设备通过对下行参考信号的测量和反馈实现的。网络设备使用不同的发送波束发送不同的下行参考信号,并配置终端设备对特定的下行参考信号的质量,例如,参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power,RSRP)或信干噪比(signal to interference and noise ratio,SINR)进行测量,并要求终端设备自行选择若干个合适的下行参考信号,将其对应的标识以及质量上报。The downlink beam training is mainly realized by the terminal equipment through the measurement and feedback of the downlink reference signal. Network equipment uses different transmit beams to send different downlink reference signals, and configures the quality of the terminal equipment for specific downlink reference signals, for example, reference signal receiving power (RSRP) or signal to interference ratio (RSRP) and noise ratio, SINR) for measurement, and the terminal device is required to select several appropriate downlink reference signals by itself, and report their corresponding identification and quality.
在现有方案中,终端设备基本都是基于参考信号的质量选择波束。但是,在实际应用中,参考信号的质量越好,在很多场景下,并不表明该波束就是最优波束。终端设备往往在根据参考信号的质量选择了波束之后,该波束反而不是有利于数据传输的最优波束。因此,这种波束选择的方法不利于数据传输。In the existing solution, the terminal equipment basically selects the beam based on the quality of the reference signal. However, in practical applications, the quality of the reference signal is better. In many scenarios, it does not indicate that the beam is the optimal beam. The terminal device often selects the beam according to the quality of the reference signal, and the beam is not the optimal beam that is conducive to data transmission. Therefore, this method of beam selection is not conducive to data transmission.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种选择波束的方法、接入网设备和终端设备,能够辅助终端设备选择到有利于数据传输的波束。This application provides a beam selection method, access network equipment, and terminal equipment, which can assist the terminal equipment in selecting a beam that is conducive to data transmission.
第一方面,本申请提供了一种选择波束的方法,该方法包括:终端设备测量来自于接入网设备的参考信号,得到所述参考信号的测量结果;终端设备发送测量报告,测量报告包含所述一个或多个参考信号标识,所述一个或多个参考信号标识对应的参考信号是根据波束扩展因子和所述参考信号的测量结果确定的,所述波束扩展因子用于调整参考信号的测量结果。In the first aspect, this application provides a method for selecting beams. The method includes: a terminal device measures a reference signal from an access network device to obtain a measurement result of the reference signal; the terminal device sends a measurement report, the measurement report includes The one or more reference signal identifiers, the reference signal corresponding to the one or more reference signal identifiers are determined according to the beam spreading factor and the measurement result of the reference signal, and the beam spreading factor is used to adjust the reference signal Measurement results.
网络侧通过为终端设备配置波束扩展因子,通知终端设备在提供用于波束扫描的波束的基础上,还能够提供具有更高的波束增益的波束用于数据传输。终端设备根据波束扩展因子对用于波束扫描的波束对应的参考信号的测量结果进行调整,可以辅助终端设备选择能够提供更高数据传输速率的站点或波束,有利于数据传输。The network side configures a beam spreading factor for the terminal device to notify the terminal device that it can provide a beam with a higher beam gain for data transmission on the basis of providing a beam for beam scanning. The terminal device adjusts the measurement result of the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning according to the beam spreading factor, which can assist the terminal device in selecting a site or beam that can provide a higher data transmission rate, which is beneficial to data transmission.
在本申请实施例中,用于波束扫描的波束对应的参考信号称为第一类参考信号,用于数据传输的波束对应的参考信号称为第二类参考信号。In the embodiments of the present application, the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning is referred to as the first type reference signal, and the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for data transmission is referred to as the second type reference signal.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的一个实施例中,该方法还包括:终端设备接收来自于接入网设备的配置信息,配置信息包括所述波束扩展因子的信息。With reference to the first aspect, in an embodiment of the first aspect, the method further includes: the terminal device receives configuration information from the access network device, and the configuration information includes the beam spreading factor information.
接入网设备通过向终端设备发送配置信息,可以对齐网络侧和终端设备对波束增益、波束测量行为以及波束选择方法的原则,避免波束的适配,可以提升波束选择的性能。By sending configuration information to the terminal device, the access network device can align the network side and the terminal device's principles of beam gain, beam measurement behavior, and beam selection method, avoid beam adaptation, and improve the performance of beam selection.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的另一个实施例中,终端设备接收来自于接入网设备的配置信息之前,该方法还包括:终端设备向接入网设备发送能力信息,能力信息用于指示终端设备支持基于所述波束扩展因子选择参考信号。With reference to the first aspect, in another embodiment of the first aspect, before the terminal device receives the configuration information from the access network device, the method further includes: the terminal device sends capability information to the access network device, and the capability information is used for Instruct the terminal device to support selecting a reference signal based on the beam spreading factor.
接入网设备通过向终端设备发送配置信息,可以对齐网络侧和终端设备对波束增益、波束测量行为以及波束选择方法的原则,避免波束的适配,可以提升波束选择的性能。By sending configuration information to the terminal device, the access network device can align the network side and the terminal device's principles of beam gain, beam measurement behavior, and beam selection method, avoid beam adaptation, and improve the performance of beam selection.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的另一个实施例中,配置信息包括扩展因子的信息,包括:配置信息包括一个或多个波束扩展因子,每个波束扩展因子对应一个参考信号,其中,每个波束扩展因子用于调整所对应的参考信号的测量结果;或者,With reference to the first aspect, in another embodiment of the first aspect, the configuration information includes spreading factor information, including: the configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, and each beam spreading factor corresponds to a reference signal, where each A beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of the corresponding reference signal; or,
配置信息包括一个或多个波束扩展因子,每个波束扩展因子对应一个参考信号集合,每个波束扩展因子用于调整所对应的参考信号集合中任意一个参考信号的测量结果。The configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, each beam spreading factor corresponds to a reference signal set, and each beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of any reference signal in the corresponding reference signal set.
接入网设备通过配置不同粒度的波束扩展因子,例如,以参考信号为粒度,或者以参考信号的集合为粒度等,可以实现对波束选择的不同需求。在一些场景下,配置较小粒度的波束扩展因子,可以实现对波束选择的精细化控制,粒度越小,控制越精细。而在一些场景下,配置较大粒度的波束扩展因子,既可以满足波束选择的性能需求,又可以避免不必要的信令开销。粒度越大,信令开销越小。The access network equipment can realize different requirements for beam selection by configuring beam spreading factors of different granularities, for example, using reference signals as granularity or using a collection of reference signals as granularity. In some scenarios, configuring a beam spread factor with a smaller granularity can achieve fine control of beam selection. The smaller the granularity, the finer the control. In some scenarios, configuring a larger-granularity beam spreading factor can not only meet the performance requirements of beam selection, but also avoid unnecessary signaling overhead. The larger the granularity, the smaller the signaling overhead.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的另一个实施例中,测量报告还包含所述每个参考信号标识所对应的参考信号的测量结果的调整值,其中,所述参考信号的测量结果的调整值是根据所述参考信号对应的波束扩展因子对所述参考信号的测量结果进行调整得到的。With reference to the first aspect, in another embodiment of the first aspect, the measurement report further includes an adjustment value of the measurement result of the reference signal corresponding to each reference signal identifier, wherein the adjustment of the measurement result of the reference signal The value is obtained by adjusting the measurement result of the reference signal according to the beam spreading factor corresponding to the reference signal.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的另一个实施例中,所述测量结果为RSRP,终端设备测量来自于接入网设备的参考信号,得到所述参考信号的测量结果,包括:With reference to the first aspect, in another embodiment of the first aspect, the measurement result is RSRP, and the terminal device measures the reference signal from the access network device to obtain the measurement result of the reference signal, including:
终端设备测量来自于接入网设备的至少两个参考信号,得到所述至少两个参考信号各自的RSRP;The terminal device measures at least two reference signals from the access network device to obtain respective RSRPs of the at least two reference signals;
终端设备发送测量报告,所述测量报告包括一个或多个参考信号标识,包括:The terminal device sends a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or more reference signal identifiers, including:
终端设备根据参考信号标识和站点编号的关联关系,确定所述至少两个参考信号中的第一参考信号来自于第一站点,所述至少两个参考信号中的第二参考信号来自于第二站点,其中,第二站点是终端设备的服务站点,第一参考信号和第二参考信号各自对应的波束均用于波束扫描;According to the association relationship between the reference signal identifier and the station number, the terminal device determines that the first reference signal of the at least two reference signals comes from the first station, and the second reference signal of the at least two reference signals comes from the second station. Stations, where the second station is a service station of the terminal device, and the respective beams corresponding to the first reference signal and the second reference signal are used for beam scanning;
终端设备根据第一参考信号和第二参考信号各自的RSRP以及第一参考信号和第二参考信号各自对应的波束扩展因子,在满足触发条件的情况下,向接入网设备发送所述测量报告,所述测量报告包含第一参考信号的标识,其中,所述触发条件如下:According to the RSRP of the first reference signal and the second reference signal and the beam spreading factor corresponding to the first reference signal and the second reference signal, the terminal device sends the measurement report to the access network device when the trigger condition is met. , The measurement report includes the identifier of the first reference signal, wherein the trigger condition is as follows:
第一参考信号的RSRP的调整值高于第二参考信号的RSRP或者第二参考信号的RSRP的调整值,其中,第一参考信号的RSRP的调整值是采用第一参考信号对应的第一波束扩展因子对第一参考信号的RSRP进行调整得到的,第二参考信号被配置了第二波束扩展因子的情况下,第二参考信号的RSRP的调整值是根据所述第二波束扩展因子对第二参考信号的RSRP进行调整得到的。The adjustment value of the RSRP of the first reference signal is higher than the RSRP of the second reference signal or the adjustment value of the RSRP of the second reference signal, where the adjustment value of the RSRP of the first reference signal is the first beam corresponding to the first reference signal The spreading factor is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the first reference signal. When the second reference signal is configured with a second beam spreading factor, the adjustment value of the RSRP of the second reference signal is based on the second beam spreading factor. The RSRP of the second reference signal is adjusted.
终端设备根据网络侧配置的波束扩展因子,对测量到的用于波束扫描的参考信号的测量结果进行调整,有助于选择到能够为终端设备提供更高的波束增益的站点。在第一站点发送的第一参考信号的RSRP的调整值高于当前的服务站点(即第二站点)的RSRP或其调整值的情况下,表明第一站点有能力为终端设备提供波束增益高于第一参考信号对应的波束的其它波束。因此,终端设备上报包含第一参考信号的标识的测量报告,可以切换到更利于数据传输的站点,提高数据传输速率。The terminal device adjusts the measurement result of the measured reference signal used for beam scanning according to the beam spread factor configured on the network side, which helps to select a site that can provide the terminal device with a higher beam gain. When the adjusted value of the RSRP of the first reference signal sent by the first station is higher than the RSRP of the current serving station (that is, the second station) or its adjusted value, it indicates that the first station is capable of providing high beam gain for the terminal device The other beams of the beam corresponding to the first reference signal. Therefore, the terminal device reports the measurement report that includes the identifier of the first reference signal, and can switch to a site that is more conducive to data transmission, thereby increasing the data transmission rate.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的另一个实施例中,终端设备向接入网设备发送所述测量报告之后,该方法还包括:终端设备接收来自于接入网设备的第三参考信号,所述第三参考信号对应的波束是由第一站点提供的,所述第三参考信号对应的波束用于数据传输,其中,第一站点向终端设备发送的所述第三参考信号对应的波束的增益高于第一站点向终端设备发送的第一参考信号对应的波束的增益,以及,第一站点向终端设备发送的所述第三参考信号对应的波束的增益高于第二站点向终端设备发送的第二参考信号对应的波束的增益。With reference to the first aspect, in another embodiment of the first aspect, after the terminal device sends the measurement report to the access network device, the method further includes: the terminal device receives a third reference signal from the access network device, The beam corresponding to the third reference signal is provided by the first station, and the beam corresponding to the third reference signal is used for data transmission, where the beam corresponding to the third reference signal sent by the first station to the terminal device The gain of is higher than the gain of the beam corresponding to the first reference signal sent by the first station to the terminal device, and the gain of the beam corresponding to the third reference signal sent by the first station to the terminal device is higher than the gain of the beam corresponding to the second station to the terminal The gain of the beam corresponding to the second reference signal sent by the device.
终端设备上报了RSRP较高的用于波束扫描的参考信号的标识之后,该参考信号对应的站点向该终端设备发送第三参考信号(即,数据信号),其中,第三参考信号对应的波束的增益高于终端设备测量到的第一参考信号和第二参考信号各自对应的波束的增益,有利于数据传输。After the terminal device reports the identifier of the reference signal used for beam scanning with a higher RSRP, the station corresponding to the reference signal sends a third reference signal (ie, data signal) to the terminal device, where the beam corresponding to the third reference signal The gain of is higher than the gain of the beam corresponding to the first reference signal and the second reference signal measured by the terminal device, which is beneficial to data transmission.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的另一个实施例中,终端设备测量来自于接入网设备的参考信号,得到所述参考信号的测量结果,包括:With reference to the first aspect, in another embodiment of the first aspect, the terminal device measuring a reference signal from an access network device to obtain a measurement result of the reference signal includes:
终端设备测量来自于接入网设备的至少两个参考信号,得到所述至少两个参考信号的测量结果,所述至少两个参考信号各自对应的波束均用于波束扫描,其中,所述至少两个参考信号包括第四参考信号;The terminal device measures at least two reference signals from the access network device to obtain measurement results of the at least two reference signals, and the beams corresponding to the at least two reference signals are used for beam scanning, wherein the at least two reference signals are used for beam scanning. The two reference signals include the fourth reference signal;
终端设备发送测量报告,所述测量报告包括一个或多个参考信号标识,包括:The terminal device sends a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or more reference signal identifiers, including:
终端设备在满足触发条件的情况下发送所述测量报告,所述测量报告包括所述第四参考信号的标识,其中,所述触发条件如下:The terminal device sends the measurement report when a trigger condition is met, the measurement report includes the identifier of the fourth reference signal, where the trigger condition is as follows:
所述第四参考信号的RSRP的调整值高于所述至少两个参考信号中的其它参考信号的RSRP或者所述其它参考信号的RSRP的调整值。The adjusted value of the RSRP of the fourth reference signal is higher than the RSRP of the other reference signal among the at least two reference signals or the adjusted value of the RSRP of the other reference signal.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的另一个实施例中,终端设备在满足触发条件的情况下发送所述测量报告之后,该方法还包括:终端设备使用所述第四参考信号对应的波束作为服务波束,其中,所述第四参考信号对应的波束是由接入网设备提供的,接入网设备接收到的至少两个终端设备的测量报告中包含所述第四参考信号的标识,所述第四参考信号对应的波束作为所述至少两个终端设备的服务波束。With reference to the first aspect, in another embodiment of the first aspect, after the terminal device sends the measurement report when the trigger condition is met, the method further includes: the terminal device uses the beam corresponding to the fourth reference signal as The serving beam, wherein the beam corresponding to the fourth reference signal is provided by an access network device, and the measurement report of at least two terminal devices received by the access network device includes the identification of the fourth reference signal, so The beam corresponding to the fourth reference signal is used as the serving beam of the at least two terminal devices.
接入网设备配置的波束扩展因子与小区容量有关,终端设备根据波束扩展因子对测量到的参考信号的RSRP进行调整,并根据调整值选择参考信号向接入网设备上报测量报告。接入网设备根据多个终端设备基于波束扩展因子上报的测量报告,可以提供能够使得小区容量最大化的服务波束。The beam spreading factor configured by the access network device is related to the cell capacity. The terminal device adjusts the RSRP of the measured reference signal according to the beam spreading factor, and selects the reference signal according to the adjusted value to report the measurement report to the access network device. The access network device can provide a service beam capable of maximizing cell capacity according to the measurement report reported by multiple terminal devices based on the beam spreading factor.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的另一个实施例中,所述测量结果为RSRP,终端设备向接入网设备发送测量报告,包括:终端设备根据所述参考信号的测量结果以及波束扩展因子,在满足事件触发的条件的情况下,向接入网设备发送所述测量报告,其中,事件触发 的条件包括如下一项或多项:With reference to the first aspect, in another embodiment of the first aspect, the measurement result is RSRP, and the terminal device sends a measurement report to the access network device, including the measurement result of the terminal device according to the reference signal and the beam spreading factor , When the condition for event triggering is met, the measurement report is sent to the access network device, where the condition for event triggering includes one or more of the following:
所述参考信号的RSRP的调整值高于门限值,所述参考信号的RSRP的调整值是采用所述参考信号对应的波束扩展因子对所述参考信号的RSRP调整得到的;或者,The RSRP adjustment value of the reference signal is higher than a threshold value, and the RSRP adjustment value of the reference signal is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the reference signal by using the beam spreading factor corresponding to the reference signal; or,
所述参考信号包括来自于第一站点的第一参考信号以及来自于其它站点的第二参考信号,第一参考信号的RSRP的调整值高于第二参考信号的RSRP的调整值,其中,第一参考信号的RSRP的调整值是采用第一参考信号对应的第一波束扩展因子对第一参考信号的RSRP进行调整得到的,第二参考信号的RSRP的调整值是采用第二参考信号对应的第二波束扩展因子调整对第二参考信号的RSRP进行调整得到的。The reference signal includes a first reference signal from a first station and a second reference signal from other stations. The RSRP adjustment value of the first reference signal is higher than the RSRP adjustment value of the second reference signal. The RSRP adjustment value of a reference signal is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the first reference signal by using the first beam spreading factor corresponding to the first reference signal, and the RSRP adjustment value of the second reference signal is corresponding to the second reference signal The second beam spreading factor adjustment is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the second reference signal.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的另一个实施例中,所述波束扩展因子是根据如下参数确定的:接入网设备发送用于波束扫描的波束对应的参考信号时激活的天线阵子数目与接入网设备发送用于数据传输的波束对应的参考信号时激活的天线阵子数目的比值或者差值;或者;接入网设备发送用于波束扫描的波束对应的参考信号时的射频通道数目与接入网设备发送用于数据传输的波束对应的参考信号时激活的射频通道数目的比值或者差值;或者,接入网设备发送用于波束扫描的波束对应的参考信号时的发送功率与接入网设备发送用于数据传输的波束对应的参考信号时的发送功率的比值或者差值。With reference to the first aspect, in another embodiment of the first aspect, the beam spreading factor is determined according to the following parameters: the number of antenna elements activated when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning and The ratio or difference of the number of antenna elements activated when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for data transmission; or; the number of radio frequency channels when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning The ratio or difference of the number of radio frequency channels activated when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for data transmission; or, the transmission power and the access power when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning The ratio or difference of the transmit power when the network access device transmits the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for data transmission.
第二方面,本申请提供了一种选择波束的方法,该方法包括:接入网设备接收来自于终端设备的测量报告,测量报告包含一个或多个参考信号标识,其中,测量报告是终端设备根据测量来自于接入网设备的参考信号获得的测量结果以及波束扩展因子得到的,所述波束扩展因子用于调整参考信号的测量结果;接入网设备根据测量报告,为终端设备提供用于数据传输的服务波束。In the second aspect, the present application provides a method for selecting beams. The method includes: an access network device receives a measurement report from a terminal device, the measurement report contains one or more reference signal identifiers, where the measurement report is the terminal device Obtained according to the measurement result obtained by measuring the reference signal from the access network device and the beam spreading factor, the beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of the reference signal; the access network device provides the terminal device with the method according to the measurement report The service beam for data transmission.
网络侧通过为终端设备配置波束扩展因子,通知终端设备在提供用于波束扫描的波束的基础上,还能够提供具有更高的波束增益的波束用于数据传输。终端设备根据波束扩展因子对用于波束扫描的波束对应的参考信号的测量结果进行调整,并根据测量结果的调整值选择参考信号上报,可以辅助终端设备选择能够提供更高数据传输速率的站点,有利于数据传输。The network side configures a beam spreading factor for the terminal device to notify the terminal device that it can provide a beam with a higher beam gain for data transmission on the basis of providing a beam for beam scanning. The terminal device adjusts the measurement result of the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning according to the beam spreading factor, and selects the reference signal to report according to the adjusted value of the measurement result, which can assist the terminal device in selecting a site that can provide a higher data transmission rate. Conducive to data transmission.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的一个实施例中,接入网设备接收来自于终端设备的测量报告之前,该方法还包括:接入网设备向终端设备发送配置信息,配置信息包括所述波束扩展因子的信息。With reference to the second aspect, in an embodiment of the second aspect, before the access network device receives the measurement report from the terminal device, the method further includes: the access network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and the configuration information includes the Information about the beam spreading factor.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的另一个实施例中,配置信息包括扩展因子的信息,包括:配置信息包括一个或多个波束扩展因子,每个波束扩展因子对应一个参考信号,其中,每个波束扩展因子用于调整所对应的参考信号的测量结果;或者,With reference to the second aspect, in another embodiment of the second aspect, the configuration information includes spreading factor information, including: the configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, and each beam spreading factor corresponds to a reference signal, where each A beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of the corresponding reference signal; or,
配置信息包括一个或多个波束扩展因子,每个波束扩展因子对应一个参考信号集合,每个波束扩展因子用于调整所对应的参考信号集合中任意一个参考信号的测量结果。The configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, each beam spreading factor corresponds to a reference signal set, and each beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of any reference signal in the corresponding reference signal set.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的另一个实施例中,测量报告还包含所述每个参考信号标识所对应的参考信号的测量结果的调整值,其中,所述参考信号的测量结果的调整值是根据所述参考信号对应的波束扩展因子对所述参考信号的测量结果进行调整得到的。With reference to the second aspect, in another embodiment of the second aspect, the measurement report further includes an adjustment value of the measurement result of the reference signal corresponding to each reference signal identifier, wherein the adjustment of the measurement result of the reference signal The value is obtained by adjusting the measurement result of the reference signal according to the beam spreading factor corresponding to the reference signal.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的另一个实施例中,接入网设备接收来自于终端设备的测量报告之前,该方法还包括:接入网设备接收来自于终端设备的能力信息,能力信息用于指示终端设备是否支持基于所述波束扩展因子选择参考信号。With reference to the second aspect, in another embodiment of the second aspect, before the access network device receives the measurement report from the terminal device, the method further includes: the access network device receives capability information from the terminal device. It is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports selecting a reference signal based on the beam spreading factor.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的另一个实施例中,接入网设备接收来自于终端设备的测量报告之前,该方法还包括:接入网设备发送至少两个参考信号,所述至少两个参考信号包括接入网设备通过第一站点发送第一参考信号,以及通过第二站点发送第二参考信号,其中,所述至少两个参考信号各自对应的波束均用于波束扫描;接入网设备接收来自于终端设备的测量报告,包括:接入网设备接收来自于终端设备的测量报告,所述测量报告包含第一参考信号的标识;接入网设备根据所述测量报告,为终端设备提供用于数据传输的服务波束,包括:接入网设备根据所述测量报告包含的所述第一参考信号的标识,通过所述第一站点向终端设备发送第三参考信号,其中,所述第三参考信号对应的波束作为终端设备的用于数据传输的服务波束。With reference to the second aspect, in another embodiment of the second aspect, before the access network device receives the measurement report from the terminal device, the method further includes: the access network device sends at least two reference signals, and the at least two reference signals are sent by the access network device. The reference signals include the access network device sending the first reference signal through the first station and sending the second reference signal through the second station, wherein the respective beams corresponding to the at least two reference signals are used for beam scanning; The network equipment receiving the measurement report from the terminal equipment includes: the access network equipment receives the measurement report from the terminal equipment, the measurement report includes the identification of the first reference signal; the access network equipment is the terminal according to the measurement report The device provides a service beam for data transmission, including: the access network device sends a third reference signal to the terminal device through the first station according to the identification of the first reference signal contained in the measurement report, wherein, The beam corresponding to the third reference signal is used as the service beam of the terminal device for data transmission.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的另一个实施例中,接入网设备接收来自于终端设备的测量报告之前,该方法还包括:接入网设备发送至少两个参考信号,所述至少两个参考信号各自对应的波束均用于波束扫描,其中,所述至少两个参考信号包括第四参考信号;接入网设备接收来自于终端设备的测量报告,包括:接入网设备接收来自于至少两个终端设备的测量报告,所述至少两个终端设备的测量报告均包含第四参考信号的标识;接入网设备提供所述第四参考信号对应的发送波束作为所述至少两个终端设备的服务波束,并静默其它的发送波束。With reference to the second aspect, in another embodiment of the second aspect, before the access network device receives the measurement report from the terminal device, the method further includes: the access network device sends at least two reference signals, and the at least two reference signals are sent by the access network device. The beams corresponding to each of the two reference signals are used for beam scanning, where the at least two reference signals include the fourth reference signal; the access network device receives the measurement report from the terminal device, including: the access network device receives the measurement report from the terminal device Measurement reports of at least two terminal devices, where the measurement reports of the at least two terminal devices each include the identification of the fourth reference signal; the access network device provides the transmission beam corresponding to the fourth reference signal as the at least two terminals The service beam of the device, and silence other transmit beams.
在第一方面或第二方面的某些实施例中,所述波束扩展因子是根据如下参数确定的:In some embodiments of the first aspect or the second aspect, the beam spreading factor is determined according to the following parameters:
接入网设备发送用于波束扫描的波束对应的参考信号时激活的天线阵子数目与接入网设备发送用于数据传输的波束对应的参考信号时激活的天线阵子数目的比值或者差值;或者;The ratio or difference between the number of antenna elements activated when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning and the number of antenna elements activated when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for data transmission; or ;
接入网设备发送用于波束扫描的波束对应的参考信号时的射频通道数目与接入网设备发送用于数据传输的波束对应的参考信号时激活的射频通道数目的比值或者差值;或者,The ratio or difference between the number of radio frequency channels when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning and the number of radio frequency channels activated when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for data transmission; or,
接入网设备发送用于波束扫描的波束对应的参考信号时的发送功率与接入网设备发送用于数据传输的波束对应的参考信号时的发送功率的比值或者差值。The ratio or difference of the transmission power when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning and the transmission power when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for data transmission.
网络侧的各技术方案的技术效果可以参见终端侧相应方案的描述,不再赘述。The technical effects of the various technical solutions on the network side can be referred to the description of the corresponding solutions on the terminal side, which will not be repeated here.
第三方面,本申请提供一种选择波束的方法,该方法包括:终端设备接收来自于接入网设备的配置信息,配置信息包含一个或多个第一类参考信号的波束扩展因子的信息,第一类参考信号对应的波束用于波束扫描;In a third aspect, the present application provides a method for selecting a beam. The method includes: a terminal device receives configuration information from an access network device, the configuration information includes information about one or more beam spreading factors of the first type of reference signals, The beam corresponding to the first type of reference signal is used for beam scanning;
终端设备测量来自于接入网设备的M个第一类参考信号,得到所述M个第一类参考信号的测量结果,M≥1,M为整数;The terminal device measures M first-type reference signals from the access network device, and obtains the measurement results of the M first-type reference signals, where M≥1, and M is an integer;
终端设备发送测量报告,测量报告包含N个参考信号标识,所述N个参考信号标识分别用于标识N个第一类参考信号,所述N个第一类参考信号是根据所述波束扩展因子的信息以及所述M个第一类参考信号的测量结果,从所述M个第一类参考信号中选择的,其中,所述N个第一类参考信号属于所述M个第一类参考信号,N≥1,N≤M,N为整数。The terminal device sends a measurement report, and the measurement report contains N reference signal identifiers, and the N reference signal identifiers are used to identify N first-type reference signals respectively, and the N first-type reference signals are based on the beam spreading factor. And the measurement results of the M first-type reference signals, selected from the M first-type reference signals, where the N first-type reference signals belong to the M first-type reference signals Signal, N≥1, N≤M, N is an integer.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,终端设备发送测量报告之后,该方法还包括:终端设备接收来自于接入网设备的第二类参考信号,其中,第二类参考信号对应的波束用于数据传输。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, after the terminal device sends the measurement report, the method further includes: the terminal device receives the second type of reference signal from the access network device, where the second type of reference The beam corresponding to the signal is used for data transmission.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:终端设备向接入网设 备发送能力信息,能力信息用于指示终端设备支持基于波束扩展因子选择第一类参考信号。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the method further includes: the terminal device sends capability information to the access network device, and the capability information is used to instruct the terminal device to support the selection of the first type of reference signal based on the beam spreading factor .
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,配置信息包括扩展因子的信息,包括:配置信息包括一个或多个波束扩展因子,每个波束扩展因子对应一个第一类参考信号,其中,每个波束扩展因子用于调整所对应的第一类参考信号的测量结果;或者,With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the configuration information includes spreading factor information, including: the configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, and each beam spreading factor corresponds to a first type reference signal, Wherein, each beam spreading factor is used to adjust the corresponding measurement result of the first type of reference signal; or,
配置信息包括一个或多个波束扩展因子,每个波束扩展因子对应一个第一类参考信号集合,每个波束扩展因子用于调整所对应的第一类参考信号集合中任意一个第一类参考信号的测量结果。The configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, each beam spreading factor corresponds to a first type reference signal set, and each beam spreading factor is used to adjust any first type reference signal in the corresponding first type reference signal set Measurement results.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,终端设备向接入网设备发送测量报告,包括:终端设备在满足事件触发的条件的情况下,向接入网设备发送测量报告,其中,所述事件触发的条件包括如下一项或多项:With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the terminal device sends a measurement report to the access network device, including: the terminal device sends a measurement report to the access network device when the event trigger condition is met, Wherein, the conditions for triggering the event include one or more of the following:
所述M个第一类参考信号中的一个或多个第一类参考信号的RSRP的调整值高于门限值,第一类参考信号的RSRP的调整值是采用第一类参考信号对应的波束扩展因子对第一类参考信号的RSRP调整得到的;或者,The RSRP adjustment value of one or more of the M first type reference signals is higher than the threshold value, and the RSRP adjustment value of the first type reference signal is corresponding to the first type reference signal The beam spreading factor is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the first type of reference signal; or,
所述M个第一类参考信号包括来自于第一站点的第一类参考信号以及来自于其它站点的第一类参考信号,所述来自于第一站点的第一类参考信号中的第一参考信号的RSRP的调整值,高于所述来自于第二站点的第一类参考信号中的第二参考信号的RSRP的调整值,其中,所述第一参考信号的RSRP的调整值是采用所述第一参考信号对应的第一波束扩展因子对所述第一参考信号的RSRP进行调整得到的,所述第二参考信号的RSRP的调整值是采用所述第二参考信号对应的第二波束扩展因子调整对所述第二参考信号的RSRP进行调整得到的。The M first-type reference signals include the first-type reference signals from the first site and the first-type reference signals from other sites, and the first of the first-type reference signals from the first site The RSRP adjustment value of the reference signal is higher than the RSRP adjustment value of the second reference signal in the first type reference signal from the second site, wherein the RSRP adjustment value of the first reference signal is adopted The first beam spreading factor corresponding to the first reference signal is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the first reference signal, and the adjustment value of the RSRP of the second reference signal is obtained by using the second reference signal corresponding to the second reference signal. The beam spreading factor adjustment is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the second reference signal.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,测量报告还包含所述N个第一类参考信号各自的测量结果的调整值,所述N个第一类参考信号中的每个第一类参考信号的测量结果的调整值是根据对应的波束扩展因子对第一类参考信号的测量结果调整得到的。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the measurement report further includes an adjustment value of each measurement result of the N first-type reference signals, and each of the N first-type reference signals The adjustment value of the measurement result of the first type reference signal is obtained by adjusting the measurement result of the first type reference signal according to the corresponding beam spreading factor.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述波束扩展因子是根据如下参数确定的:With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the beam spreading factor is determined according to the following parameters:
接入网设备发送第一类参考信号时激活的天线阵子数目与接入网设备发送第二类参考信号时激活的天线阵子数目的比值或者差值;或者;The ratio or difference between the number of antenna elements activated when the access network device sends the first type reference signal and the number of antenna elements activated when the access network device sends the second type reference signal; or;
接入网设备发送第一类参考信号时的射频通道数目与接入网设备发送第二类参考信号时激活的射频通道数目的比值或者差值;或者,The ratio or difference between the number of radio frequency channels when the access network device sends the first type of reference signal and the number of radio frequency channels activated when the access network device sends the second type of reference signal; or,
接入网设备发送第一类参考信号时的发送功率与接入网设备发送第二类参考信号时的发送功率的比值或者差值。The ratio or difference of the transmission power when the access network device sends the first type of reference signal and the transmission power when the access network device sends the second type of reference signal.
第四方面,本申请提供一种基于波束选择接入网络的方法,包括:终端设备测量来自于接入网设备的广播信号,所述广播信号携带参考信号的波束扩展因子的配置信息,其中,所述参考信号的波束扩展因子用于对所述参考信号的测量结果进行调整;In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a method for accessing a network based on beam selection, including: a terminal device measures a broadcast signal from an access network device, and the broadcast signal carries configuration information of a beam spreading factor of a reference signal, wherein, The beam spreading factor of the reference signal is used to adjust the measurement result of the reference signal;
所述终端设备测量来自于所述接入网设备的至少两个参考信号,得到所述至少两个参考信号的测量结果;The terminal device measures at least two reference signals from the access network device to obtain measurement results of the at least two reference signals;
所述终端设备选择第一随机接入信道RACH资源接入所述接入网设备,其中,所述第一RACH资源关联所述至少两个参考信号中的第一参考信号对应的波束,所述第一参 考信号的测量结果的调整值高于所述至少两个参考信号中的其它参考信号的测量结果或者测量结果的调整值,其中,每个参考信号的测量结果的调整值是根据所述参考信号对应的波束扩展因子对所述参考信号的测量结果进行调整得到的。The terminal device selects a first random access channel RACH resource to access the access network device, wherein the first RACH resource is associated with a beam corresponding to a first reference signal of the at least two reference signals, and The adjustment value of the measurement result of the first reference signal is higher than the measurement result of the other reference signals in the at least two reference signals or the adjustment value of the measurement result, wherein the adjustment value of the measurement result of each reference signal is based on the The beam spread factor corresponding to the reference signal is obtained by adjusting the measurement result of the reference signal.
终端设备根据波束扩展因子对测量到的各参考信号的测量结果进行调整,并根据调整值选择波束,进而使用选择的波束对应的RACH资源接入网络。由于基于调整值选择的波束的性能更高,因此可以提高随机接入成功的概率,提升随机接入质量。The terminal device adjusts the measurement results of each measured reference signal according to the beam spreading factor, selects a beam according to the adjustment value, and then uses the RACH resource corresponding to the selected beam to access the network. Since the performance of the beam selected based on the adjustment value is higher, the probability of successful random access can be increased, and the quality of random access can be improved.
第五方面,提供了一种通信装置,所述通信装置具有实现第一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的功能,或者,所述通信装置具有实现第三方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的功能,所述通信装置具有实现第四方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device has the function of implementing the method in the first aspect or any of its possible implementations, or the communication device has the ability to implement the third aspect or any of its possible implementations For the function of the method in the method, the communication device has the function of implementing the method in the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof, and the function may be implemented by hardware or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
第六方面,提供了一种通信装置,所述通信装置具有实现第二方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device has the function of implementing the method in the second aspect or any of its possible implementations. The function can be implemented by hardware or by hardware executing corresponding software. . The hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
第七方面,本申请提供一种终端设备,包括处理器、存储器和收发器。其中,存储器用于存储计算机程序,处理器用于调用并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序,并控制收发器收发信号,以使终端设备执行如第一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者,以使终端设备执行如第三方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法,以使终端设备执行如第四方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a terminal device, including a processor, a memory, and a transceiver. The memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory, and control the transceiver to send and receive signals, so that the terminal device can execute the method in the first aspect or any of its possible implementation modes, or , So that the terminal device executes the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof, so that the terminal device executes the method in the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof.
第八方面,本申请提供一种网络设备,包括处理器、存储器和收发器。其中,存储器用于存储计算机程序,处理器用于调用并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序,并控制收发器收发信号,以使网络设备执行如第二方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a network device, including a processor, a memory, and a transceiver. The memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory, and control the transceiver to send and receive signals, so that the network device executes the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof.
第九方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得如第一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行,或者,使得如第三方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行,或者,使得如第四方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。In a ninth aspect, this application provides a computer-readable storage medium in which computer instructions are stored, and when the computer instructions are run on a computer, the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof The method in the manner is executed, or the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof is executed, or the method in the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof is executed.
第十方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得如第二方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。In a tenth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium having computer instructions stored in the computer-readable storage medium. When the computer instructions are executed on a computer, the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof The method in the mode is executed.
第十一方面,本申请提供一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得如第一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行,或者,使得如第三方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行,或者,使得如第三方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。In an eleventh aspect, the present application provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes computer program code. When the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer program code is The method is executed, or the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof is executed, or the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof is executed.
第十二方面,本申请提供一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得如第二方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。In the twelfth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes computer program code, when the computer program code is run on a computer, the second aspect or any of its possible implementation manners The method is executed.
第十三方面,本申请提供一种芯片,包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口用于接收信号并将所述信号传输至所述处理器,所述处理器处理所述信号,以使得如第一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行,或者,使得如第三方面或其任意可能的实现方式中 的方法被执行,或者,使得如第四方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。In a thirteenth aspect, the present application provides a chip including a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used to receive a signal and transmit the signal to the processor, and the processor processes the signal so that As the method in the first aspect or any of its possible implementations is executed, or causes the method in the third aspect or any of its possible implementations to be executed, or causes as the fourth aspect or any of its possible implementations The method in the mode is executed.
可选地,所述通信接口可以为接口电路。Optionally, the communication interface may be an interface circuit.
第十四方面,本申请提供一种芯片,本申请提供一种芯片,包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口用于接收信号并将所述信号传输至所述处理器,所述处理器处理所述信号,以使得如第二方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。In a fourteenth aspect, the application provides a chip, and the application provides a chip, including a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used to receive a signal and transmit the signal to the processor, the processor The signal is processed so that the method in the second aspect or any of its possible implementations is executed.
可选地,所述通信接口可以为接口电路。Optionally, the communication interface may be an interface circuit.
第十五方面,本申请提供一种无线通信系统,包括如第五方面所述的终端设备和第六方面所述的网络设备。In a fifteenth aspect, the present application provides a wireless communication system, including the terminal device described in the fifth aspect and the network device described in the sixth aspect.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为适用于本申请实施例的通信系统的架构。Fig. 1 is an architecture of a communication system suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
图2示出了具有精确对准能力的站点的发送波束的示意图。Fig. 2 shows a schematic diagram of a transmission beam of a station with precise alignment capability.
图3示出了不具有精确对准能力的站点的发送波束的示意图。Fig. 3 shows a schematic diagram of a transmission beam of a station that does not have precise alignment capabilities.
图4为本申请提供的选择波束的方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for selecting a beam provided by this application.
图5为UE进行站点切换或者波束切换的场景的示意图。Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which a UE performs site handover or beam handover.
图6为多用户配对场景的发送波束的示意图。Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of transmitting beams in a multi-user pairing scenario.
图7为本申请提供的选择波束的方法的一个示例。FIG. 7 is an example of the method for selecting beams provided by this application.
图8为本申请提供的选择波束的方法的另一个示意性流程图。FIG. 8 is another schematic flowchart of the method for selecting beams provided by this application.
图9为本申请提供的选择波束的方法的另一个示例。Fig. 9 is another example of the beam selection method provided by this application.
图10为本申请提供的通信装置的示意性框图。FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by this application.
图11为本申请提供的通信装置的示意性框图。FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by this application.
图12为本申请提供的通信装置10的示意性结构图。FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of the communication device 10 provided by this application.
图13是本申请提供的通信装置20的示意性结构图。FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of the communication device 20 provided by the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如,长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或5G之后的通信系统。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example, a long term evolution (LTE) system, a fifth generation (5G) system, or a communication system after 5G.
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以指用户设备、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的终端设备或者其它通信系统中的终端设备等,本申请对此并不限定。The terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application may refer to user equipment, access terminals, user units, user stations, mobile stations, mobile stations, remote stations, remote terminals, mobile equipment, user terminals, terminals, wireless communication equipment, user agents, or User device. The terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), with wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in a 5G network or terminal devices in other communication systems, etc. This application is not limited to this.
本申请实施例中的无线接入网设备可以是任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备。所述接入网设备包括但不限于:演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(home evolved NodeB,或home Node  B,HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)、接入点(access point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)等,还可以为5G系统中的gNB或传输点,或者还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,例如,基带单元(building baseband unit,BBU)或分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。The wireless access network device in the embodiment of the present application may be any device with a wireless transceiver function. The access network equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (base station) controller, BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), access point (access point, AP), A wireless relay node, a wireless backhaul node, a transmission point (TP) or a transmission and reception point (TRP), etc., can also be a gNB or transmission point in a 5G system, or can also be a gNB Or a network node of a transmission point, for example, a building baseband unit (BBU) or a distributed unit (DU), etc.
此外,下面对本申请实施例中涉及到的一些术语或技术做简单介绍。In addition, the following briefly introduces some terms or technologies involved in the embodiments of the present application.
1、波束(beam)。1. Beam.
波束在NR协议中的体现可以是空域滤波器(spatial domain filter),或者称空间滤波器(spatial filter)或空间参数(spatial parameter)。用于发送信号的波束可以称为发送波束(transmission beam,Tx beam),可以称为空域发送滤波器(spatial domain transmission filter)或空间发射参数(spatial transmission parameter);用于接收信号的波束可以称为接收波束(reception beam,Rx beam),可以称为空域接收滤波器(spatial domain receive filter)或空间接收参数(spatial RX parameter)。The embodiment of the beam in the NR protocol can be a spatial domain filter, or a spatial filter or a spatial parameter. The beam used to transmit a signal can be called a transmission beam (Tx beam), can be called a spatial domain transmission filter or a spatial transmission parameter (spatial transmission parameter); the beam used to receive a signal can be called To receive the beam (reception beam, Rx beam), it can be called a spatial domain receive filter or a spatial receive parameter (spatial RX parameter).
发送波束可以是指信号经天线发射出去后在空间不同方向上形成的信号强度的分布,接收波束可以是指从天线上接收到的无线信号在空间不同方向上的信号强度分布。The transmitting beam may refer to the distribution of signal strength in different directions in space after a signal is transmitted through the antenna, and the receiving beam may refer to the signal strength distribution of the wireless signal received from the antenna in different directions in space.
此外,波束可以是宽波束,或者窄波束,或者其他类型波束。形成波束的技术可以是波束赋形技术或者其他技术。波束赋形技术具体可以为数字波束赋形技术、模拟波束赋形技术或者混合数字/模拟波束赋形技术等。In addition, the beam may be a wide beam, or a narrow beam, or other types of beams. The beam forming technology may be beamforming technology or other technologies. The beamforming technology may specifically be a digital beamforming technology, an analog beamforming technology, or a hybrid digital/analog beamforming technology, etc.
波束一般和资源对应,例如,进行波束测量时,网络设备通过不同的波束发送不同的资源,终端反馈测得的资源质量,网络设备就可以获知对应的波束的质量。The beam generally corresponds to the resource. For example, when performing beam measurement, the network device sends different resources through different beams, and the terminal feeds back the measured resource quality, and the network device can learn the quality of the corresponding beam.
在数据传输时,波束信息也是通过其对应的资源来进行指示的。例如,网络设备通过下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)中的传输配置指示(Transmission Configuration Indication,TCI)字段,来指示终端接收PDSCH(physical downlink shared channel,物理下行共享信道)的波束的信息。During data transmission, the beam information is also indicated by its corresponding resource. For example, the network device instructs the terminal to receive PDSCH (physical downlink shared channel, physical downlink shared channel) beam information through a transmission configuration indication (Transmission Configuration Indication, TCI) field in downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI).
可选地,将具有相同或者类似的通信特征的多个波束视为是一个波束。一个波束可以通过一个或多个天线端口发送,用于传输数据信道、控制信道和探测信号等。形成一个波束的一个或多个天线端口也可以看作是一个天线端口集。Optionally, multiple beams having the same or similar communication characteristics are regarded as one beam. A beam can be sent through one or more antenna ports to transmit data channels, control channels, and sounding signals. One or more antenna ports forming a beam can also be regarded as an antenna port set.
在波束测量中,网络设备的每一个波束对应一个资源,因此可以以资源的索引或标识来指示该资源对应的波束。In beam measurement, each beam of the network device corresponds to a resource, so the resource index or identifier can be used to indicate the beam corresponding to the resource.
2、资源。2. Resources.
在波束测量中,可以通过资源的索引来唯一标识该资源对应的波束。资源可以是上行信号资源,也可以是下行信号资源。上行信号包括但不限于探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS),解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)。In beam measurement, the resource index can be used to uniquely identify the beam corresponding to the resource. The resource can be an uplink signal resource or a downlink signal resource. Uplink signals include but are not limited to sounding reference signal (SRS) and demodulation reference signal (DMRS).
所述下行信号包括但不限于:信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS)、小区专用参考信号(cell specific reference signal,CS-RS)、UE专用参考信号(user equipment specific reference signal,US-RS)、解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)以及同步信号/物理广播信道块(synchronization system/physical broadcast channel block,SS/PBCH block)。其中,SS/PBCH block可以简称为同步信号块(synchronization signal block,SSB)。The downlink signal includes but is not limited to: channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS), cell specific reference signal (CS-RS), UE specific reference signal (user equipment specific reference) signal, US-RS), demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS), and synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block (synchronization system/physical broadcast channel block, SS/PBCH block). Among them, the SS/PBCH block may be referred to as a synchronization signal block (synchronization signal block, SSB) for short.
资源通过无线资源控制信令(radio resource control,RRC)信令配置。在配置结构上,一个资源是一个数据结构,包括其对应的上行/下行信号的相关参数,例如上行/下行信号的类型,承载上行/下行信号的资源粒,上行/下行信号的发送时间和周期,发送上行/下行信号所采用的端口数等。每一个上行/下行信号的资源具有唯一的索引,以标识该下行信号的资源。可以理解的是,资源的索引也可以称为资源的标识,本申请实施例对此不作任何限制。Resources are configured through radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling. In terms of configuration structure, a resource is a data structure, including its corresponding uplink/downlink signal related parameters, such as the type of uplink/downlink signal, the resource element that carries the uplink/downlink signal, the transmission time and period of the uplink/downlink signal , The number of ports used to send uplink/downlink signals, etc. Each uplink/downlink signal resource has a unique index to identify the downlink signal resource. It is understandable that the index of the resource may also be referred to as the identifier of the resource, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
3、TCI state:3. TCI state:
作为示例,TCI状态中主要包括了准同位(quasi-co-location,QCL)的类型(例如,可配置两种不同的QCL类型)以及每种QCL类型的参考信号,该参考信号具体包括参考信号所在的载波分量(carrier component,CC)标识(identification,ID)或带宽部分标识(bandwidth part identifier,BWP ID),以及每个参考信号资源的编号(ssb-index,或CSI-RS resource index)。As an example, the TCI status mainly includes the quasi-co-location (QCL) type (for example, two different QCL types can be configured) and the reference signal of each QCL type, and the reference signal specifically includes the reference signal The carrier component (CC) identification (ID) or bandwidth part identifier (BWP ID) where it is located, and the number of each reference signal resource (ssb-index, or CSI-RS resource index).
现有协议中TCI状态的配置方法如下所示:The configuration method of TCI status in the existing protocol is as follows:
Figure PCTCN2020079326-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2020079326-appb-000001
其中,QCL类型的划分可如下所示:Among them, the division of QCL types can be as follows:
QCL typeA:时延,多普勒偏移,时延扩展,多普勒扩展;QCL typeA: delay, Doppler shift, delay spread, Doppler spread;
QCL typeB:多普勒偏移,多普勒扩展;QCL typeB: Doppler shift, Doppler extension;
QCL typeC:时延,多普勒偏移;QCL typeC: delay, Doppler shift;
QCL typeD:空域接收参数,即接收波束。QCL typeD: Spatial receiving parameter, that is, receiving beam.
4、准同位(quasi-co-location,QCL)。4. Quasi-co-location (QCL).
同位关系用于表示多个资源之间具有一个或多个相同或者相类似的通信特征,对于具有同位关系的多个资源,可以采用相同或者类似的通信配置。例如,如果两个天线端口具有同位关系,那么一个端口传送一个符号的信道大尺度特性可以从另一个端口传送一个符号的信道大尺度特性推断出来。大尺度特性可以包括:延迟扩展,平均延迟,多普勒扩展,多普勒频移,平均增益,接收参数,终端接收波束编号,发射/接收信道相关性,接收到达角,接收机天线的空间相关性,主到达角(angel-of-arrival,AoA),平均到达角,AoA的扩展等。准共址的参数包含:多普勒扩展,多普勒频移,平均时延,时延扩展和空域接收参数中的至少一项。QCL关系可以分为四类:QCL-TypeA:{多普勒频移,多普勒扩展,平均时延,时延扩展};QCL-TypeB:{多普勒频移,多普勒扩展};QCL-TypeC:{多普勒频移,平均时延};QCL-TypeD:{空域接收参数}。The co-location relationship is used to indicate that multiple resources have one or more identical or similar communication features. For multiple resources with a co-location relationship, the same or similar communication configuration can be adopted. For example, if two antenna ports have a co-location relationship, then the large-scale characteristics of the channel transmitting one symbol on one port can be inferred from the large-scale characteristics of the channel transmitting one symbol on the other port. Large-scale characteristics can include: delay spread, average delay, Doppler spread, Doppler shift, average gain, receiving parameters, terminal receiving beam number, transmitting/receiving channel correlation, receiving angle of arrival, receiver antenna space Correlation, main angle of arrival (angel-of-arrival, AoA), average angle of arrival, expansion of AoA, etc. The parameters of quasi co-location include at least one of Doppler spread, Doppler frequency shift, average delay, delay spread and spatial reception parameters. QCL relations can be divided into four categories: QCL-TypeA: {Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread, average delay, time delay spread}; QCL-TypeB: {Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread}; QCL-TypeC: {Doppler frequency shift, average delay}; QCL-TypeD: {spatial domain receiving parameters}.
5、空间关系(spatial relation,SR)。5. Spatial relation (SR).
SR也可以称为上行TCI(uplink TCI,UL TCI)。与上文所介绍的TCI相似,空间关系可以用于确定上行信号的发送波束。该空间关系可以由波束训练确定。用于波束训练的参考信号例如可以是上行参考信号,如探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS),也可以是下行参考信号,如上文所列举的SSB或CSI-RS。SR can also be called uplink TCI (uplink TCI, UL TCI). Similar to the TCI introduced above, the spatial relationship can be used to determine the transmission beam of the uplink signal. The spatial relationship can be determined by beam training. The reference signal used for beam training may be, for example, an uplink reference signal, such as a sounding reference signal (SRS), or a downlink reference signal, such as the SSB or CSI-RS listed above.
每个空间关系可以包括服务小区的索引(ServCellIndex)和参考信号资源标识。其中参考信号资源标识例如可以为以下任意一项:下行BWP ID(downlink BWP ID)和SSB索引(SSB-Index)、下行BWP ID和非零功率CSI-RS参考信号资源标识(non zero power-channel state information-resource identifier,NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId),或上行BWP ID和SRS资源标识(SRS-ResourceId)。Each spatial relationship may include the index of the serving cell (ServCellIndex) and the reference signal resource identifier. The reference signal resource identifier can be, for example, any of the following: downlink BWP ID (downlink BWP ID) and SSB index (SSB-Index), downlink BWP ID and non-zero power CSI-RS reference signal resource identifier (non-zero power-channel) state information-resource identifier, NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId), or uplink BWP ID and SRS resource identifier (SRS-ResourceId).
其中,服务小区的索引、BWP ID以及参考信号资源标识指的是在波束训练过程中所使用的参考信号资源以及所对应的服务小区和BWP。一个空间关系用于确定一个发送波束,也就是一个服务小区的索引、一个BWP ID和一个参考信号资源可以用于确定一个发射波束。终端设备可以在波束训练的过程中维护服务小区的索引、BWP ID以及参考信号资源标识与发射波束的对应关系,网络设备可以在波束训练的过程中维护服务小区的索引、BWP ID以及参考信号资源标识与接收波束的对应关系。通过参考信号资源标识,便可以建立起发射波束和接收波束之间的配对关系。Among them, the index of the serving cell, the BWP ID, and the reference signal resource identifier refer to the reference signal resource used in the beam training process and the corresponding serving cell and BWP. A spatial relationship is used to determine a transmission beam, that is, an index of a serving cell, a BWP ID, and a reference signal resource can be used to determine a transmission beam. The terminal device can maintain the index, BWP ID, and reference signal resource identifier of the serving cell in the beam training process and the corresponding relationship between the reference signal resource identifier and the transmitted beam, and the network device can maintain the index, BWP ID, and reference signal resource of the serving cell during the beam training process The corresponding relationship between the identifier and the receiving beam. Through the reference signal resource identifier, the pairing relationship between the transmitting beam and the receiving beam can be established.
在此后的通信过程中,终端设备可以基于网络设备所指示的空间关系确定发射波束,网络设备可以基于同一空间关系确定接收波束。In the subsequent communication process, the terminal device may determine the transmitting beam based on the spatial relationship indicated by the network device, and the network device may determine the receiving beam based on the same spatial relationship.
此外,每个空间关系还可以包括功率控制信息。该功率控制信息例如可以包括以下至少一项:期望的接收功率、路损参考信号和路损补偿参数α。终端设备可以基于该功率控制信息确定使用怎样的发送功率发送上行信号。In addition, each spatial relationship may also include power control information. The power control information may include, for example, at least one of the following: expected received power, path loss reference signal, and path loss compensation parameter α. The terminal device can determine what transmission power to use to transmit the uplink signal based on the power control information.
另外,空间关系可以是全局配置的。在为不同的小区、不同的BWP配置的空间关系中,若空间关系的标识相同,则所对应的空间关系的配置也相同。In addition, the spatial relationship can be globally configured. In the spatial relationships configured for different cells and different BWPs, if the identifiers of the spatial relationships are the same, the configurations of the corresponding spatial relationships are also the same.
6、空间关系指示(spatial relation indicator,SRI)。6. Spatial relation indicator (SRI).
SRI可用于指示空间关系。SRI can be used to indicate spatial relationships.
在一种实现方式中,网络设备可通过高层信令(例如RRC消息)为终端设备配置空间关系列表,该空间关系列表中可以包括多个空间关系,例如,网络设备可以为每个小区每个BWP配置最多64个空间关系。In an implementation manner, the network device can configure a spatial relationship list for the terminal device through high-level signaling (for example, an RRC message), and the spatial relationship list may include multiple spatial relationships. For example, the network device may configure a spatial relationship for each cell. BWP configures up to 64 spatial relations.
此后,网络设备可以通过高层信令(如MAC CE)激活一个或多个空间关系。被激活的空间关系为上述RRC消息所配置的空间关系列表的一个子集。例如,网络设备可以为每个小区中的每个BWP激活最多8个TCI状态。网络设备通过MAC CE激活空间关系的具体方式与激活TCI状态的具体方式相同,上文中已经对MAC CE激活TCI状态的具体方式做了详细说明,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。基于MAC CE的激活,终端设备可以确定至少一个SRI与至少一个空间关系的映射关系。该映射关系具体形式例如可以和上文中表1示出的相似,为了简洁,这里不再举例说明。After that, the network device can activate one or more spatial relationships through high-level signaling (such as MAC CE). The activated spatial relationship is a subset of the spatial relationship list configured in the foregoing RRC message. For example, the network device can activate up to 8 TCI states for each BWP in each cell. The specific method for the network device to activate the spatial relationship through the MAC CE is the same as the specific method for activating the TCI state. The specific method for activating the TCI state by the MAC CE has been described in detail above. For the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here. Based on the activation of the MAC CE, the terminal device can determine the mapping relationship between at least one SRI and at least one spatial relationship. The specific form of the mapping relationship may be similar to that shown in Table 1 above, for the sake of brevity, it is not described as an example here.
此后,网络设备可以通过物理层信令(如DCI)中的SRI字段指示一个被选择的空间关系。该DCI例如可以是用于调度上行授权资源(uplink grant,UL grant)的DCI。终端设备可以基于上文所述的至少一个SRI与至少一个空间关系的映射关系以及接收到的SRI确定被选择的空间关系。Thereafter, the network device can indicate a selected spatial relationship through the SRI field in the physical layer signaling (such as DCI). The DCI may be, for example, a DCI used to schedule uplink grant resources (uplink grant, UL grant). The terminal device may determine the selected spatial relationship based on the above-mentioned mapping relationship between the at least one SRI and the at least one spatial relationship and the received SRI.
与下行TCI相似地,一个空间关系的配置信息可以包括一个或两个参考信号资源的标识,以及所关联的QCL类型。当QCL关系配置为类型A、或B、或C中的一种时,终端设备可以根据TCI状态的指示,解调PDCCH或PDSCH。当QCL关系配置为类型D时,终端设备可以知道网络设备使用哪个接收波束接收信号,进而可以根据前文所述的信道测量确定的波束配对关系确定使用哪个发射波束发送信号。Similar to the downlink TCI, the configuration information of a spatial relationship may include the identification of one or two reference signal resources and the associated QCL type. When the QCL relationship is configured as one of type A, or B, or C, the terminal device can demodulate the PDCCH or PDSCH according to the indication of the TCI state. When the QCL relationship is configured as Type D, the terminal device can know which receiving beam is used by the network device to receive the signal, and can then determine which transmitting beam is used to send the signal according to the beam pairing relationship determined by the channel measurement described above.
此外,一个空间关系的配置信息可以包括一个或两个参考信号资源的标识,以及所关联的空间滤波器。例如,当一个空间关系中配置有一个SSB索引,则终端设备可以通过与该SSB索引对应的空间滤波器传输信号。其中,与该SSB索引对应的空间滤波器可以是波束训练过程中用于接收该SSB索引所标识的SSB的空间滤波器。In addition, the configuration information of a spatial relationship may include the identification of one or two reference signal resources and the associated spatial filter. For example, when an SSB index is configured in a spatial relationship, the terminal device may transmit the signal through the spatial filter corresponding to the SSB index. Wherein, the spatial filter corresponding to the SSB index may be a spatial filter for receiving the SSB identified by the SSB index in the beam training process.
终端设备可以根据PDCCH上DCI中的SRI字段来确定发送物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)的发射波束。The terminal device may determine the transmission beam for transmitting the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) according to the SRI field in the DCI on the PDCCH.
7、下行波束训练和上行波束训练。7. Downlink beam training and uplink beam training.
下行波束训练主要是通过对下行信号的测量和反馈实现的,可以认为基站使用不同的发送波束发送不同编号的SSB和/或CSI-RS,其中,发送波束和SSB或CSI-RS的编号可以是一一对应的关系,也可以是一对多、多对一或者多对多的关系。基站配置终端对特定的一个或多个SSB或者CSI-RS进行L1层参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power,L1层参考信号接收功率)测量或者L1层的信号干扰噪声比(signal to interference plus noise ratio,L1-SINR)测量,并且要求终端自行选定N个合适的SSB或者CSI-RS,将其对应的编号的标识和质量上报。如果下行信号是周期的或者半持续的,终端在测量时有多次机会,可以尝试不同的接收波束。如果下行信号是非周期的,例如,一次性的,终端可以按照基站指示的接收波束进行测量,也可以自行选择接收波束。Downlink beam training is mainly achieved through measurement and feedback of downlink signals. It can be considered that the base station uses different transmit beams to transmit different numbers of SSB and/or CSI-RS, where the numbers of the transmit beam and SSB or CSI-RS can be The one-to-one relationship can also be a one-to-many, many-to-one, or many-to-many relationship. The base station configures the terminal to perform L1 layer reference signal receiving power (reference signal receiving power, L1 layer reference signal receiving power) measurement or L1 layer signal to interference plus noise for a specific one or more SSBs or CSI-RSs ratio, L1-SINR) measurement, and the terminal is required to select N appropriate SSB or CSI-RS by itself, and report the identification and quality of the corresponding number. If the downlink signal is periodic or semi-continuous, the terminal has multiple opportunities during measurement and can try different receiving beams. If the downlink signal is aperiodic, for example, one-off, the terminal can perform measurement according to the receiving beam indicated by the base station, or it can select the receiving beam by itself.
上行波束训练主要是通过基站配置终端发送上行测量信号(例如,SRS)实现的。可以认为终端使用不同的发送波束发送不同编号的SRS,其中,发送波束和SRS编号之间可以是一对一、一对多、多对一或者多对多的关系。基站通过测量不同SRS的质量,为终端选定合适的发送波束。基站在测量时,可以尝试不同的接收波束。如果上行信号是周期的或者半持续的,基站在测量时有多次机会,从而可以尝试不同的接收波束。如果所述上行信号是非周期的,基站也可以自行选择接收波束。The uplink beam training is mainly realized by configuring the terminal to send the uplink measurement signal (for example, SRS) by the base station. It can be considered that the terminal uses different transmission beams to transmit SRSs with different numbers, where the relationship between the transmission beams and the SRS numbers can be one-to-one, one-to-many, many-to-one, or many-to-many. The base station selects a suitable transmission beam for the terminal by measuring the quality of different SRS. When measuring, the base station can try different receiving beams. If the uplink signal is periodic or semi-continuous, the base station has multiple opportunities during measurement, so that it can try different receiving beams. If the uplink signal is aperiodic, the base station can also select the receiving beam by itself.
8、路损估计。8. Road loss estimation.
在蜂窝网通信中,用于确定终端设备的上行发送功率的参数是由网络设备配置的。上行功率控制的目的是使得终端设备发送的信号到达网络设备时的功率满足网络设备的接收条件。例如,网络设备要求终端设备发送的信号到达网络设备时的功率为P0。由于每个终端设备与网络设备的距离是不同的,因此,终端设备需要估计信号传输中的路径损耗(pathloss,PL)来调整上行发送功率。其中,路径损耗简称为“路损”,路径损耗的估计简称为“路损估计”。In cellular network communication, the parameters used to determine the uplink transmission power of the terminal equipment are configured by the network equipment. The purpose of uplink power control is to make the power of the signal sent by the terminal device reach the network device to meet the receiving condition of the network device. For example, the network device requires the power of the signal sent by the terminal device to reach the network device as P0. Since the distance between each terminal device and the network device is different, the terminal device needs to estimate the path loss (pathloss, PL) in signal transmission to adjust the uplink transmission power. Among them, the path loss is abbreviated as "path loss", and the estimation of path loss is abbreviated as "path loss estimation".
路损估计通常是通过终端设备测量网络设备配置的路损估计参考信号(pathloss reference signal,PL RS)的接收功率实现的。简单来说,路损估计值=PL RS发送功率-PL RS的接收功率,终端设备的上行发送功率=P0+路损估计值。其中,网络设备的发送功率和P0都是网络设备配置的。Path loss estimation is usually realized by measuring the received power of a path loss reference signal (pathloss reference signal, PL RS) configured by a network device by a terminal device. To put it simply, path loss estimate = PL RS transmit power-PL RS received power, and the uplink transmit power of the terminal device = P0 + path loss estimate. Among them, the transmit power and P0 of the network device are configured by the network device.
9、路损参考信号(pathloss reference signal,PL RS)。9. Pathloss reference signal (PL RS).
路损参考信号也可以称为路损估计参考信号。终端设备基于上面获得的路损估计值,可以对发送功率进行调整。为了获得路损估计值,网络设备需要配置PL RS,以便终端设备进行跟踪(track)。跟踪包括周期性的测量和维护各个PL RS对应的路损测量结果。应理解,PL RS是周期性的参考信号,PL RS是对用于进行路损估计的参考信号的统称,用于进行路损估计的参考信号例如可以为:同步信号块(SS/PBCH block,SSB)或者信道状态信息参考信号(channel status information reference signal,CSI-RS)。换句话说,本文将网络设备为终端设备配置的、用于进行路损估计的参考信号称为PL RS。The path loss reference signal may also be referred to as a path loss estimation reference signal. The terminal device can adjust the transmission power based on the path loss estimation value obtained above. In order to obtain the estimated path loss, the network equipment needs to be configured with PL RS so that the terminal equipment can track. Tracking includes periodic measurement and maintenance of the path loss measurement results corresponding to each PL RS. It should be understood that PL RS is a periodic reference signal, and PL RS is a general term for reference signals used for path loss estimation. The reference signal used for path loss estimation may be, for example, a synchronization signal block (SS/PBCH block, SSB) or channel status information reference signal (channel status information reference signal, CSI-RS). In other words, this article refers to the reference signal configured by the network device for the terminal device and used for path loss estimation as PL RS.
10、小区(cell)。10. Cell.
小区是高层从资源管理或移动性管理或服务单元的角度来描述的。每个网络设备的覆盖范围可以被划分为一个或多个服务小区,且该服务小区可以看作由一定频域资源组成。在本申请实施例中,小区可以替换为服务小区或CC。在本申请实施例中,“小区”、“服务小区”和“CC”交替使用,在不强调其区别时,其所要表达的含义是一致的。相似地,“服务小区的索引”、“服务小区的标识(ID)”“小区标识(cell ID)”和“CC标识(CC ID)”交替使用,在不强调其区别时,其所要表达的含义是一致的。The cell is described by the high-level from the perspective of resource management or mobility management or service unit. The coverage of each network device can be divided into one or more serving cells, and the serving cells can be regarded as composed of certain frequency domain resources. In the embodiment of the present application, the cell can be replaced with a serving cell or CC. In the embodiments of this application, "cell", "serving cell" and "CC" are used interchangeably. When the difference is not emphasized, the meanings to be expressed are the same. Similarly, "serving cell index", "serving cell ID", "cell ID" and "CC ID" are used interchangeably. When the difference is not emphasized, what they want to express The meaning is the same.
下面介绍本申请的技术方案。The technical solution of this application is introduced below.
参见图1,图1为适用于本申请实施例的通信系统的架构。如图1所示,该无线通信系统100可以包括至少一个网络设备101,网络设备101可以与一个或多个终端设备(例如,图1中所示的终端设备102和终端设备103)进行无线通信。Refer to FIG. 1, which is an architecture of a communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1, the wireless communication system 100 may include at least one network device 101, and the network device 101 may perform wireless communication with one or more terminal devices (for example, the terminal device 102 and the terminal device 103 shown in FIG. 1). .
以终端设备102和网络设备101之间的通信为例,终端设备102和网络设备101可以通过波束管理过程获得通信较优的一个或多个波束对,所述波束对可以表示为(Bx,B’x)以及(By,B’y)。其中,Bx代表网络设备101的发送波束,B’x代表终端设备102的接收波束,By代表终端设备102的发送波束,B’y代表网络设备101的接收波束。如图1,网络设备101的发送波束#1和终端设备的接收波束#0为一个波束对,网络设备的发送波束#2和终端设备的接收波束#2为一个波束对。终端设备的发送波束#0和网络设备的接收波束#1为一个波束对,终端设备的发送波束#1和网络设备的接收波束#2为一个波束对。Taking the communication between the terminal device 102 and the network device 101 as an example, the terminal device 102 and the network device 101 can obtain one or more beam pairs with better communication through the beam management process, and the beam pairs can be expressed as (Bx, B 'x) and (By, B'y). Among them, Bx represents the transmitting beam of the network device 101, B'x represents the receiving beam of the terminal device 102, By represents the transmitting beam of the terminal device 102, and B'y represents the receiving beam of the network device 101. As shown in Figure 1, the transmission beam #1 of the network device 101 and the reception beam #0 of the terminal device are a beam pair, and the transmission beam #2 of the network device and the reception beam #2 of the terminal device are a beam pair. The transmitting beam #0 of the terminal device and the receiving beam #1 of the network device are a beam pair, and the transmitting beam #1 of the terminal device and the receiving beam #2 of the network device are a beam pair.
终端设备102和网络设备101的波束对齐才能进行正常的通信。由于终端设备102和网络设备101都能各自朝向多个波束方向,因此,通信的前提是通过波束训练实现波束对齐。例如,在下行通信中,通过下行波束训练,使得网络设备的发送波束和终端设备的接 收波束对齐。Only when the beams of the terminal device 102 and the network device 101 are aligned can normal communication be carried out. Since the terminal device 102 and the network device 101 can each face multiple beam directions, the premise of communication is to achieve beam alignment through beam training. For example, in downlink communication, through downlink beam training, the transmitting beam of the network device and the receiving beam of the terminal device are aligned.
本申请提供的技术方案可以应用于终端设备选择参考信号(也即,波束)的场景。The technical solution provided in this application can be applied to a scenario where a terminal device selects a reference signal (that is, a beam).
下面介绍本申请的技术方案。The technical solution of this application is introduced below.
为了便于理解,首先对本申请实施例中涉及到的相关概念或技术进行介绍。To facilitate understanding, first introduce related concepts or technologies involved in the embodiments of the present application.
在无线通信系统中,接入网设备是一个逻辑上的概念,一个接入网设备在物理实体上可以包括多个站点。不同的站点具有不同的波束成型算法和实现。根据发送波束的种类,站点可以大致分为两类。In a wireless communication system, an access network device is a logical concept, and an access network device may include multiple sites in a physical entity. Different sites have different beamforming algorithms and implementations. According to the type of transmitting beam, the sites can be roughly divided into two categories.
一类站点发送的用于波束扫描的波束和用于数据传输的波束不相同。这类站点通常具有较高的能力,通常认为具有精确对准能力,如图2所示。The beam used for beam scanning and the beam used for data transmission sent by a type of site are different. Such sites usually have high capabilities and are generally considered to have precise alignment capabilities, as shown in Figure 2.
参见图2,图2示出了具有精确对准能力的站点的发送波束的示意图。站点发送的第一类波束是用于波束扫描的波束。这些波束对于站点所服务的所有的UE都是可见的,即认为是公共波束。通常,公共波束可能较快、波束增益较小,在特定UE通过测量一个或多个公共波束的质量来进行波束选择,并将选择的结果上报给接入网设备之后,接入网设备可以为该特定UE提供更窄的、波束增益更高的专用波束用于后续的数据传输,而这种更窄、波束增益更高的专用波束如图3中所示的第二类波束。接入网设备为UE提供波束增益更高的第二类波束用于数据传输,可以提高数据传输的速率。这个过程的具体实现可以是通过接入网设备的算法实现的,例如,接入网设备可以根据UE上报的波束信息或者波束质量信息进行插值。Refer to FIG. 2, which shows a schematic diagram of a transmission beam of a station with precise alignment capability. The first type of beam sent by the site is the beam used for beam scanning. These beams are visible to all UEs served by the site, that is, they are considered as public beams. Generally, the public beam may be faster and the beam gain is small. After a specific UE performs beam selection by measuring the quality of one or more public beams, and reports the selected result to the access network device, the access network device may be The specific UE provides a narrower dedicated beam with a higher beam gain for subsequent data transmission, and this narrower dedicated beam with a higher beam gain is the second type of beam as shown in FIG. 3. The access network equipment provides the second type of beam with higher beam gain for the UE for data transmission, which can increase the data transmission rate. The specific implementation of this process may be achieved through an algorithm of the access network device. For example, the access network device may perform interpolation according to the beam information or beam quality information reported by the UE.
另一类站点发送的用于波束扫描的波束和用于数据传输的波束相同。这类站点为UE提供波束的实现更为简单,通常,站点直接采用UE上报的波束用于数据传输,这种站点被认为不具有精确对准能力,如图3所示。The beam used for beam scanning sent by another type of site is the same as the beam used for data transmission. It is simpler for this type of site to provide a beam for the UE. Generally, the site directly uses the beam reported by the UE for data transmission. Such a site is considered to have no precise alignment capability, as shown in Figure 3.
参见图3,图3示出了不具有精确对准能力的站点的发送波束的示意图。如图3,这类站点只发送一类波束。Referring to FIG. 3, FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of a transmitting beam of a station that does not have the ability to accurately align. As shown in Figure 3, this type of site only transmits one type of beam.
考虑到不同站点发送波束的情况并不相同,本申请的技术方案提出,对于有精确对准能力的站点,也即,用于波束扫描的波束和用于数据传输的波束的模拟波束成型不同的站点,可以通知终端设备自己能够提供更高增益的波束的能力,使得终端设备在选择服务波束时考虑这一因素,即使终端设备测量获得的一些波束质量较差,但也能够选择该站点,从而有利于后续的数据传输。Considering that different sites send beams differently, the technical solution of this application proposes that for sites with precise alignment capabilities, that is, the beams used for beam scanning and the beams used for data transmission have different analog beamforming. The station can notify the terminal equipment of its ability to provide higher gain beams, so that the terminal equipment considers this factor when selecting the service beam. Even if the quality of some beams obtained by the terminal equipment measurement is poor, the station can be selected. Conducive to subsequent data transmission.
为了描述上的方便,下文将各站点的用于波束扫描的波束对应的参考信号称为第一类参考信号,将用于数据传输的波束对应的参考信号称为第二类参考信号。或者说,各站点的发送第一类参考信号所采用的波束属于用于波束扫描的波束,而各站点发送第二类参考信号所采用的波束属于用于数据传输的波束。For the convenience of description, the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning of each site is referred to as the first type reference signal, and the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for data transmission is referred to as the second type reference signal. In other words, the beams used by each site to send the first-type reference signal belong to beams used for beam scanning, and the beams used by each site to send the second-type reference signal belong to the beams used for data transmission.
参见图4,图4为本申请提供的选择波束的方法的示意性流程图。方法200主要包括步骤210、220以及230。可选地,还可以包括240和/或250。Refer to FIG. 4, which is a schematic flowchart of a method for selecting a beam provided by this application. The method 200 mainly includes steps 210, 220, and 230. Optionally, 240 and/or 250 may also be included.
210、终端设备测量来自于接入网设备的一个或多个第一类参考信号,得到所述一个或多个第一类参考信号的测量结果。210. The terminal device measures one or more first-type reference signals from the access network device, and obtains a measurement result of the one or more first-type reference signals.
在一些示例中,第一类参考信号的测量结果可以为参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power,RSRP)、参考信号接收质量(reference signal receiving quality,RSRQ)、信干噪比(signal to interference and noise ratio,SINR)等。In some examples, the measurement results of the first type of reference signal may be reference signal receiving power (RSRP), reference signal receiving quality (RSRQ), signal to interference ratio (signal to interference and noise ratio, SINR), etc.
如上文所述,接入网设备是一个逻辑上的概念,一个接入网设备在物理实体上可以包括多个站点。因此,所述来自于接入网设备的一个或多个第一类参考信号可以来自于一个站点,或者也可以来自于多个站点,不做限定。终端设备并不区分测量到的第一类参考信号来自于哪个站点,而认为都来自于接入网设备。As mentioned above, the access network device is a logical concept, and an access network device may include multiple sites in a physical entity. Therefore, the one or more first-type reference signals from the access network device may come from one site, or may also come from multiple sites, which is not limited. The terminal equipment does not distinguish which site the measured first-type reference signals come from, but thinks that they all come from the access network equipment.
作为一些示例,本申请实施例中的第一类参考信号可以为同步信号、广播信道参考信号、同步信号块(synchronization signal block,SSB)中的任意一种;或者,As some examples, the first type of reference signal in the embodiment of the present application may be any one of a synchronization signal, a broadcast channel reference signal, and a synchronization signal block (synchronization signal block, SSB); or,
第一类参考信号可以指用于波束管理(for beam management)的信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS)、用于L1层参考信号接收功率(L1-RSRP)测量的CSI-RS、用于L1层的信干噪比(L1-SINR)测量的CSI-RS以及用于移动性测量的CSI-RS(也即,CSI-RS for mobility)中的一种。The first type of reference signal can refer to the channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) used for beam management (for beam management), and the CSI used for L1 layer reference signal received power (L1-RSRP) measurement -RS, one of CSI-RS used for L1 layer signal-to-interference and noise ratio (L1-SINR) measurement, and CSI-RS used for mobility measurement (ie, CSI-RS for mobility).
本申请各实施例中的第一类参考信号,与下文出现的第二类参考信号区分。第二类参考信号会在下文进行介绍。The reference signals of the first type in the embodiments of the present application are distinguished from the reference signals of the second type appearing below. The second type of reference signal will be introduced below.
220、终端设备发送测量报告,测量报告包含一个或多个参考信号标识。220. The terminal device sends a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or more reference signal identifiers.
作为一个示例,在本申请的各实施例中,终端设备基于“选择RSRP的调整值最大的第一类参考信号上报”的选择原则,从测量到的第一类参考信号中选择需要上报的第一类参考信号。As an example, in each embodiment of the present application, the terminal device selects the first type of reference signal to be reported from the measured first type of reference signal based on the selection principle of “selecting the first type of reference signal with the largest adjustment value of RSRP to report” A type of reference signal.
另外,终端设备也可以基于其它的选择原则,本文不做限制。例如,终端设备根据第一类参考信号的SINR选择,或者根据第一类参考信号对应的波束的相关性选择,或者根据第一类参考信号对应的波束的信道容量选择等。In addition, the terminal equipment can also be based on other selection principles, which is not limited in this article. For example, the terminal device selects according to the SINR of the first type of reference signal, or selects according to the correlation of the beam corresponding to the first type of reference signal, or selects according to the channel capacity of the beam corresponding to the first type of reference signal, and so on.
其中,所述一个或多个参考信号标识中的每个参考信号标识分别对应一个第一类参考信号,所述一个或多个参考标识所对应的第一类参考信号均属于终端设备测量到的第一类参考信号。Wherein, each reference signal identifier in the one or more reference signal identifiers corresponds to a first-type reference signal, and the first-type reference signals corresponding to the one or more reference identifiers are all measured by the terminal equipment. The first type of reference signal.
另外,所述一个或多个参考信号标识所对应的第一类参考信号,是根据所述一个或多个第一类参考信号的测量结果以及所述一个或多个第一类参考信号各自对应的波束扩展因子确定的。每个第一类参考信号对应的波束扩展因子用于对该第一类参考信号的测量结果进行调整。In addition, the first-type reference signal corresponding to the one or more reference signal identifiers is based on the measurement result of the one or more first-type reference signals and the one or more first-type reference signals respectively correspond to The beam spreading factor is determined. The beam spreading factor corresponding to each first-type reference signal is used to adjust the measurement result of the first-type reference signal.
可选地,在一些示例中,测量报告中还包括所述一个或多个参考信号标识各自所对应的第一类参考信号的测量结果的调整值。其中,每个第一类参考信号的测量结果的调整值是采用该第一类参考信号对应的波束扩展因子对该第一类参考信号的测量结果进行调整得到的。Optionally, in some examples, the measurement report further includes an adjustment value of the measurement result of the first type reference signal corresponding to each of the one or more reference signal identifiers. Wherein, the adjustment value of the measurement result of each first-type reference signal is obtained by adjusting the measurement result of the first-type reference signal by using the beam spreading factor corresponding to the first-type reference signal.
基于上述“选择RSRP的调整值最大的第一类参考信号上报”的选择原则可知,测量报告中携带的一个或多个参考信号标识所对应的第一类参考信号,是终端设备基于RSRP的调整值的大小,从测量到的第一类参考信号中选择的,例如,终端设备选择RSRP的调整最大的一个或几个第一类参考信号,具体可以由网络侧来配置。Based on the above-mentioned selection principle of "select the first type of reference signal report with the largest adjustment value of RSRP", it can be seen that the first type of reference signal corresponding to one or more reference signal identifiers carried in the measurement report is the adjustment of the terminal equipment based on RSRP The value is selected from the measured first-type reference signals. For example, the terminal device selects one or several first-type reference signals with the largest RSRP adjustment, which can be specifically configured by the network side.
作为一些示例,终端设备可以利用上行控制信道、上行数据信道或上行共享信道等上行资源或信道,或者通过RRC信令、MAC-CE消息或者上行链路控制信息(uplink control information,UCI)等显式的方式发送根据波束扩展因子选择的波束和/或第一类参考信号的测量结果的调整值。As some examples, the terminal device can use uplink resources or channels such as uplink control channels, uplink data channels, or uplink shared channels, or display through RRC signaling, MAC-CE messages, or uplink control information (UCI). The adjustment value of the measurement result of the beam selected according to the beam spreading factor and/or the first type of reference signal is sent in a method of formula.
可选地,终端设备也可以利用随机接入信道(random access channel,RACH)、上行 探测信号、上行解调参考信号等隐式的方式发送根据波束扩展因子选择的波束和/或第一类参考信号的测量结果的调整值。Optionally, the terminal device can also use the random access channel (RACH), uplink sounding signal, uplink demodulation reference signal and other implicit methods to send the beam selected according to the beam spreading factor and/or the first type of reference The adjusted value of the measurement result of the signal.
在本申请实施例中,波束扩展因子用于对参考信号(具体为第一类参考信号)的测量结果进行调整。In the embodiment of the present application, the beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of the reference signal (specifically, the first type of reference signal).
可选地,波束扩展因子可以是波束级、参考信号资源级、参考信号资源集合级、载波级或小区级的。Optionally, the beam spreading factor may be beam level, reference signal resource level, reference signal resource set level, carrier level, or cell level.
其中,波束级或参考信号资源级的波束扩展因子表示在一个发送波束的覆盖范围内,接入网设备有能力提供波束增益更好的服务波束。Among them, the beam spreading factor at the beam level or the reference signal resource level indicates that within the coverage of a transmission beam, the access network device is capable of providing a service beam with a better beam gain.
在一个示例中,每个参考信号资源被配置一个波束扩展因子,如表1所示。In an example, each reference signal resource is configured with a beam spreading factor, as shown in Table 1.
表1Table 1
参考信号资源标识Reference signal resource identification 波束扩展因子(dB)Beam spreading factor (dB)
RS1RS1 xx
RS3RS3 yy
例如,对于RS1,其对应的波束扩展因子为x,对于RS3,其对应的波束扩展因子为y,单位为分贝(decibel dB)。For example, for RS1, the corresponding beam spreading factor is x, and for RS3, the corresponding beam spreading factor is y, and the unit is decibel (dB).
对于UE而言,测量来自于接入网设备的参考信号,得到测量结果之后,需要采用参考信号对应的波束扩展因子对测量结果进行调整,获得测量结果的调整值。For the UE, the reference signal from the access network device is measured, and after the measurement result is obtained, the beam spreading factor corresponding to the reference signal needs to be used to adjust the measurement result to obtain the adjustment value of the measurement result.
例如,UE测量RS1,得到RS1的测量结果之后,UE采用RS1对应的波束扩展因子,对RS1的测量结果进行调整,得到RS1的测量结果的调整值,具体为RS1的测量结果+x,单位为分贝毫瓦(relative to one milliwatt,dBm)。For example, after the UE measures RS1 and obtains the measurement result of RS1, the UE uses the beam spreading factor corresponding to RS1 to adjust the measurement result of RS1 to obtain the adjustment value of the measurement result of RS1, which is specifically the measurement result of RS1 + x, and the unit is Decibel milliwatt (relative to one milliwatt, dBm).
又例如,UE测量RS3,得到RS3的测量结果之后,UE采用RS3对应的波束扩展因子,对RS3的测量结果进行调整,得到RS3的测量结果的调整值,具体为RS3的测量结果+y,单位为dBm。For another example, after the UE measures RS3 and obtains the measurement result of RS3, the UE uses the beam spreading factor corresponding to RS3 to adjust the measurement result of RS3 to obtain the adjustment value of the measurement result of RS3, which is specifically the measurement result of RS3 + y, the unit Is dBm.
举例来说,假设RS1的测量结果为-90dBm,x=3,UE采用RS1对应的波束扩展因子x对该测量结果调整之后,其测量结果的调整值为(-90+3)dBm,即为-87dBm。假设RS3的测量结果为-95dBm,y=6,UE采用RS 3对应的波束扩展因子y对该测量结果调整之后,其测量结果的调整值为(-95+6)dBm,即为-89dBm。For example, suppose that the measurement result of RS1 is -90dBm, x=3, and after the UE adjusts the measurement result using the beam spread factor x corresponding to RS1, the adjustment value of the measurement result is (-90+3)dBm, which is -87dBm. Assuming that the measurement result of RS3 is -95dBm, y=6, after the UE adjusts the measurement result using the beam spread factor y corresponding to RS3, the adjusted value of the measurement result is (-95+6)dBm, which is -89dBm.
在另一个示例中,一个参考信号资源集合被配置一个波束扩展因子。In another example, one set of reference signal resources is configured with one beam spreading factor.
在这个示例中,波束扩展因子对于该参考信号资源集合中的每个参考信号资源都是适用的。也即,终端设备测量到该参考信号资源集合内的任意一个参考信号的测量结果,均可以采用该波束扩展因子对其进行调整,得到测量结果的调整值。In this example, the beam spreading factor is applicable to each reference signal resource in the reference signal resource set. That is, the terminal device can use the beam spreading factor to adjust the measurement result of any reference signal in the reference signal resource set to obtain an adjustment value of the measurement result.
可选地,在一些实施例中,一个载波或一个载波集合被配置一个波束扩展因子。Optionally, in some embodiments, one carrier or one set of carriers is configured with one beam spreading factor.
以一个载波对应一个波束扩展因子为例,UE在不同载波上测量参考信号得到的测量结果,可以采用各自载波对应的波束扩展因子进行调整,从而得到测量结果的调整值。Taking one carrier corresponding to one beam spreading factor as an example, the measurement results obtained by the UE measuring the reference signal on different carriers can be adjusted by the beam spreading factors corresponding to the respective carriers, so as to obtain the adjustment value of the measurement result.
例如,载波1被配置了波束扩展因子1,载波2被配置了波束扩展因子2。UE在载波1上测量到参考信号,则可以采用波束扩展因子1对测量结果进行调整。UE在载波2上测量到参考信号,则可以采用波束扩展因子2对测量结果进行调整。For example, carrier 1 is configured with beam spreading factor 1, and carrier 2 is configured with beam spreading factor 2. The UE measures the reference signal on carrier 1, and can use beam spreading factor 1 to adjust the measurement result. The UE measures the reference signal on carrier 2, and can use beam spreading factor 2 to adjust the measurement result.
可选在,在一些示例中,一个小区或一个小区集合被配置一个波束扩展因子。Optionally, in some examples, one cell or a set of cells is configured with one beam spreading factor.
以一个小区对应一个波束扩展因子为例,UE测量到来自于不同小区的参考信号,其 测量结果可以采用该参考信号所属的小区对应的波束扩展因子进行调整,从而得到测量结果的调整值。Taking one cell corresponding to one beam spreading factor as an example, the UE measures reference signals from different cells, and the measurement result can be adjusted by using the beam spreading factor corresponding to the cell to which the reference signal belongs to obtain an adjustment value of the measurement result.
在本申请的实施例中,UE根据参考信号对应的波束扩展因子,对每个参考信号的测量结果进行调整,得到测量结果的调整值。进一步地,UE根据测量结果的调整值来选择波束,并向接入网设备发送测量报告。In the embodiment of the present application, the UE adjusts the measurement result of each reference signal according to the beam spreading factor corresponding to the reference signal to obtain the adjustment value of the measurement result. Further, the UE selects a beam according to the adjustment value of the measurement result, and sends a measurement report to the access network device.
接入网设备接收来自于终端设备的测量报告。The access network device receives the measurement report from the terminal device.
230、接入网设备根据测量报告,为终端设备提供用于数据传输的服务波束。230. The access network device provides the terminal device with a service beam for data transmission according to the measurement report.
接入网设备根据测量报告,具体地,根据测量报告中携带的所述一个或多个参考信号标识,或者根据所述一个或多个参考信号标识以及所述一个或多个参考信号标识各自对应的第一类参考信号的测量结果的调整值,为UE提供用于数据传输的服务波束。The access network device corresponds to the measurement report, specifically, the one or more reference signal identifiers carried in the measurement report, or the one or more reference signal identifiers and the one or more reference signal identifiers respectively. The adjusted value of the measurement result of the first type of reference signal provides the UE with a service beam for data transmission.
可替换地,接入网设备为终端设备提供的用于数据传输的服务波束,也即接入网设备向终端设备提供第二类参考信号对应的波束。Alternatively, the access network device provides a service beam for data transmission provided by the terminal device, that is, the access network device provides the terminal device with a beam corresponding to the second type of reference signal.
与第一类参考信号不同,第二类参考信号可以为以下信号的任意一种:Different from the first type of reference signal, the second type of reference signal can be any of the following signals:
信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS)、下行控制信道解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)、下行共享信道解调参考信号,下行相位噪声跟踪信号、跟踪信号(Tracking reference signal,TRS)等。Channel state information reference signal (channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS), downlink control channel demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS), downlink shared channel demodulation reference signal, downlink phase noise tracking signal, tracking signal (Tracking signal) reference signal, TRS) etc.
此外,第二类参考信号也可以指下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)或者物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)。In addition, the second type of reference signal may also refer to a downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH) or a physical downlink shared channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH).
考虑到不同的硬件能力,开销和功耗,网络设备可以部署不同的波束成型策略。一些发射机可以支持宽波束也可以支持窄波束。它们可以只使用宽波束为多个用户公共地进行波束扫描,然后使用一个窄波束为特定的终端进行数据传输。但是,由于在真正的数据传输之前,这个窄波束对于终端是不可见的,所以终端可能会漏选这种更有潜力的服务小区、传输点、或者波束。因此,波束扩展因子可以用来通知终端,如果终端选择了附着在这个服务小区、传输点、或者波束上,那么这个终端可以期待在数据传输过程中获得更高增益的服务波束。Considering different hardware capabilities, overhead, and power consumption, network devices can deploy different beamforming strategies. Some transmitters can support wide beams as well as narrow beams. They can use only a wide beam to perform beam scanning for multiple users in common, and then use a narrow beam to perform data transmission for a specific terminal. However, since this narrow beam is invisible to the terminal before the actual data transmission, the terminal may miss this more potential serving cell, transmission point, or beam. Therefore, the beam spreading factor can be used to inform the terminal that if the terminal chooses to attach to this serving cell, transmission point, or beam, the terminal can expect to obtain a higher gain serving beam during data transmission.
由于UE上报的测量报告考虑了波束扩展因子,而不是单纯仅根据第一类参考信号的测量结果进行上报,在一些场景下,可以避免UE直接根据第一类参考信号的测量结果选择服务波束,而导致无法选择到有利于数据传输的最优波束(例如,第二类参考信号对应的波束)的问题。Since the measurement report reported by the UE takes into account the beam spreading factor, rather than only reporting based on the measurement results of the first type of reference signal, in some scenarios, it can prevent the UE from directly selecting the serving beam based on the measurement results of the first type of reference signal. As a result, it is impossible to select the optimal beam (for example, the beam corresponding to the second type of reference signal) that is conducive to data transmission.
下面结合一些场景进行说明。The following describes some scenarios.
场景1 scene 1
站点或波束的切换。Switching of sites or beams.
对于一个移动的终端设备来说,选择哪个站点作为服务站点是非常重要的。如果终端设备仅仅基于测量用于波束扫描的波束的质量来选择服务站点,可能出现虽然用于波束扫描的波束的质量较高,但是数据传输速率反而更低的情况,下面结合图5进行说明。For a mobile terminal device, which site is selected as the service site is very important. If the terminal device selects a service site based only on measuring the quality of the beam used for beam scanning, it may happen that although the quality of the beam used for beam scanning is higher, the data transmission rate is lower. This will be described below with reference to FIG. 5.
参见图5,图5为UE进行站点切换或者波束切换的场景的示意图。图5以RSRP=-90dBm作为一个示例性的界线,示出了站点1和站点2的各个波束的覆盖范围。例如,站点1具有精确对准能力,站点1发送RS1所采用的波束属于站点1的用于波束扫描的波束之一,而站点1发送RS2所采用的波束属于站点1的用于数据传输的波束之一,是具有 精确对准能力的波束。站点2不具有精确对准能力,站点2发送RS3所采用的波束属于站点2用于波束扫描的波束,也是站点2用于数据传输的波束。换句话说,站点1可以提供两类波束,从而可以为一个UE提供两种不同波束增益的波束,而站点2仅能提供一类波束,从而只能为一个UE提供一种波束增益的波束。Refer to FIG. 5, which is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which a UE performs site switching or beam switching. Fig. 5 uses RSRP=-90dBm as an exemplary boundary, showing the coverage of each beam of the site 1 and the site 2. For example, station 1 has precise alignment capabilities, the beam used by station 1 to send RS1 belongs to one of the beams used for beam scanning at station 1, and the beam used for station 1 sending RS2 belongs to the beam used for data transmission at station 1 One is a beam with precise alignment capabilities. The station 2 does not have the ability to accurately align, and the beam used by the station 2 to send RS3 belongs to the beam used by the station 2 for beam scanning, and is also the beam used by the station 2 for data transmission. In other words, station 1 can provide two types of beams, so that one UE can provide two beams with different beam gains, while station 2 can only provide one type of beam, so that only one UE can provide beams with one beam gain.
如果用于波束扫描的波束对应的参考信号是周期性发送的,UE能够周期性测量的参考信号是来自于站点1的RS1和来自于站点2的RS3。根据上文对具有精确对准能力的站点的介绍可知,UE通过测量RS1和RS3,并且只有在选择了RS1并上报给接入网的情况下,接入网才可能通过站点1使用更窄、波束增益更高的波束向该UE发送RS2。If the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning is sent periodically, the reference signals that the UE can periodically measure are RS1 from station 1 and RS3 from station 2. According to the introduction of the stations with precise alignment capabilities above, the UE measures RS1 and RS3, and only when RS1 is selected and reported to the access network, can the access network be narrower and narrower through station 1. The beam with the higher beam gain transmits RS2 to the UE.
可以理解的是,图5示例中的RS1和RS3属于本申请实施例中的第一类参考信号,RS2属于第二类参考信号。It can be understood that RS1 and RS3 in the example of FIG. 5 belong to the first type of reference signal in the embodiment of the present application, and RS2 belongs to the second type of reference signal.
在图5的示例中,UE测量站点1和站点2的用于波束扫描的波束对应参考信号,具体地,UE周期性地测量RS1和RS3,得到各自的RSRP。假设,RS1的RSRP=-95dBm,RS3的RSRP=-90dBm。如果UE仅仅按照第一类参考信号的测量结果来选择波束,那么由于RS3的RSRP优于RS1的RSRP,因此,UE自然会选择RS3向接入网上报,从而其服务站点则为站点2。In the example of FIG. 5, the UE measures the beam corresponding reference signals used for beam scanning of the station 1 and the station 2. Specifically, the UE periodically measures RS1 and RS3 to obtain respective RSRPs. Assume that the RSRP of RS1=-95dBm, and the RSRP of RS3=-90dBm. If the UE selects the beam only according to the measurement result of the first type of reference signal, the RSRP of RS3 is better than the RSRP of RS1. Therefore, the UE will naturally select RS3 to report to the access network, and its service station is station 2.
但是,实际上,在真正进行数据传输的阶段,由于站点1有能力提供波束增益更优的RS2,RS2的RSRP可能达到-88dBm,RS2的RSRP不仅高于站点1的RS1的RSRP,也高于站点2的RS3的RSRP,对于UE的数据传输更有利。However, in fact, at the stage of real data transmission, since station 1 has the ability to provide RS2 with better beam gain, the RSRP of RS2 may reach -88dBm. The RSRP of RS2 is not only higher than that of RS1 of station 1, but also higher than that of RS1. The RSRP of the RS3 of the station 2 is more beneficial to the data transmission of the UE.
可见,UE仅仅按照第一类参考信号的测量结果,例如RSRP,来选择服务站点或服务波束,可能会出现选择到不利于数据传输的服务波束的情况。It can be seen that the UE only selects a service site or a service beam according to the measurement result of the first type of reference signal, such as RSRP, and it may happen that a service beam that is not conducive to data transmission is selected.
场景2Scene 2
多用户配对的场景。The scene of multi-user pairing.
由于模拟波束成型对硬件的限制,一组射频通道在同一时刻只能朝向一个波束方向发送。通常,如果所需的波束增益越高、波束越窄,该波束内能够覆盖的范围越小。在本文中,“多用户”是指在一组射频通道能够服务的多个用户(也即,多终端设备)。多用户传输有利于提高小区容量。多用户传输的前提是存在多个可配对的多个用户。如果波束覆盖的范围较小,能够覆盖的用户数目就变少了。并且,由于每个用户的数据都是随机到达的,因此,不是每个用户在同一时刻都有数据传输的需求。这些因素最终使得多用户配对成功的概率低,不能起到提高小区容量的作用。因此,每个用户都使用信号质量最好的波束,并不一定能够达到小区容量最大化。下面结合图6进行说明。Due to the hardware limitations of analog beamforming, a set of RF channels can only be sent towards one beam direction at the same time. Generally, if the required beam gain is higher and the beam is narrower, the smaller the range that can be covered within the beam. In this article, "multi-user" refers to multiple users (ie, multi-terminal devices) that can be served on a set of radio frequency channels. Multi-user transmission is conducive to improving cell capacity. The premise of multi-user transmission is that there are multiple users who can be paired. If the beam coverage is small, the number of users that can be covered will decrease. Moreover, because each user's data arrives randomly, not every user has data transmission needs at the same time. These factors ultimately make the probability of successful multi-user pairing low, and cannot play a role in improving cell capacity. Therefore, each user uses the beam with the best signal quality, which may not necessarily maximize the cell capacity. Description will be given below in conjunction with FIG. 6.
参见图6,图6为多用户配对场景的发送波束的示意图。如图6,UE1和UE2是两个不同的终端设备。UE1和UE2各自通过测量站点1发送的用于波束扫描的参考信号RS1,RS2以及RS3,并按照参考信号的测量结果,例如RSRP,进行波束选择。在图6的示例中,UE1会选择RS1,UE2会选择RS2。由此,接入网需要使用两组射频通道分别为这两个UE进行服务。假设在这种情况下,UE1和UE2的数据传输速率分别可以达到速率1和速率2。Refer to Fig. 6, which is a schematic diagram of a transmission beam in a multi-user pairing scenario. As shown in Figure 6, UE1 and UE2 are two different terminal devices. UE1 and UE2 respectively measure the reference signals RS1, RS2, and RS3 for beam scanning sent by station 1, and perform beam selection according to the measurement result of the reference signal, such as RSRP. In the example in Figure 6, UE1 will select RS1, and UE2 will select RS2. Therefore, the access network needs to use two sets of radio frequency channels to serve the two UEs respectively. Assume that in this case, the data transmission rates of UE1 and UE2 can reach rate 1 and rate 2, respectively.
如果站点1能够提供RS3对应的波束用于UE1和UE2的数据传输,假设UE1和UE2分别达到速率1’和速率2’,虽然这些速率之间可能满足式(1):If station 1 can provide the beams corresponding to RS3 for data transmission between UE1 and UE2, it is assumed that UE1 and UE2 reach rate 1'and rate 2'respectively, although these rates may satisfy equation (1):
速率1+速率2>速率1’+速率2’      (1) Rate 1+rate 2>rate 1’+rate 2’ (1)
但是,在站点1提供RS3对应的波束用于UE1和UE2的数据传输的情况下,站点1只使用了一组射频通道,还剩余一组射频通道可以为其它用户服务。假设,站点1还可以使用剩余的一组射频通道为UE3服务,并且站点1为UE3提供的数据传输速率可以达到速率3’,则站点1同时为3个用户(即,UE1、UE2和UE3)提供数据传输的服务。在这种情况下,各用户的数据传输速率可能满足式(2):However, in the case where station 1 provides the beam corresponding to RS3 for data transmission between UE1 and UE2, station 1 only uses one set of radio frequency channels, and there is a set of radio frequency channels remaining to serve other users. Assuming that station 1 can also use the remaining set of radio frequency channels to serve UE3, and the data transmission rate provided by station 1 for UE3 can reach rate 3', then station 1 is for 3 users at the same time (ie, UE1, UE2, and UE3) Provide data transmission services. In this case, the data transmission rate of each user may satisfy equation (2):
速率1’+速率2’+速率3’>速率1+速率2      (2)Rate 1’+rate 2’+rate 3’>rate 1+rate 2 (2)
由此可见,在场景2中,终端设备仅仅通过测量第一类参考信号的质量来选择波束,不利于小区容量最大化。It can be seen that in scenario 2, the terminal device selects the beam only by measuring the quality of the first type of reference signal, which is not conducive to maximizing the cell capacity.
可以看出,终端设备通过测量第一类参考信号并仅仅考虑其测量结果选择用于数据传输的波束,在站点切换的场景1中,终端设备可能会选择不利于数据传输的波束,在多用户的场景2中,多个终端设备各自选择的波束最终可能无法达到小区容量最大,也不利于数据传输。It can be seen that the terminal device selects the beam for data transmission by measuring the first type of reference signal and only considering its measurement results. In scenario 1, the terminal device may choose a beam that is not conducive to data transmission. In scenario 2, the beams selected by multiple terminal devices may not reach the maximum cell capacity in the end, which is not conducive to data transmission.
因此,在本申请的技术方案中,终端设备在选择用于数据传输的波束时,除了考虑第一类参考信号的测量结果,还需要考虑第一类参考信号各自的波束扩展因子。Therefore, in the technical solution of the present application, when a terminal device selects a beam for data transmission, in addition to considering the measurement result of the first type of reference signal, it also needs to consider the respective beam spreading factors of the first type of reference signal.
在场景1中,网络侧配置波束扩展因子,其作用在于指示UE在该扩束扩展因子对应的波束的覆盖范围内,网络侧有能力提供更窄、增益更高的波束用于UE的数据传输。In scenario 1, the network side configures the beam spreading factor, its role is to indicate that the UE is within the coverage of the beam corresponding to the spreading factor, and the network side has the ability to provide narrower and higher gain beams for UE data transmission .
换句话说,网络侧配置波束扩展因子,其作用在于终端设备采用该波束扩展因子对第一类参考信号的测量结果进行调整,以避免因某些第一类参考信号的测量结果低于其他站点的第一类参考信号的测量结果,而使得终端设备直接失去了选择某些第一类参考信号对应的站点作为服务站点的可能,从而可以避免选择不利于数据传输的站点作为服务站点。In other words, the beam spreading factor is configured on the network side, and its effect is that the terminal device uses the beam spreading factor to adjust the measurement results of the first type of reference signal, so as to avoid the measurement results of some first type reference signals being lower than other sites. As a result of the measurement results of the first-type reference signal, the terminal device directly loses the possibility of selecting some sites corresponding to the first-type reference signals as the service site, thereby avoiding selecting sites that are not conducive to data transmission as the service site.
在场景2中,网络侧配置波束扩展因子,可以辅助UE选择出有利于小区容量最大化的波束。In scenario 2, the network side configures the beam spreading factor, which can assist the UE to select a beam that is conducive to maximizing cell capacity.
网络侧通过配置波束扩展因子用于终端设备对第一类参考信号的测量结果进行调整,提高了测量结果较低的第一类参考信号对应的波束被终端设备选择为服务波束的可能,提高了多用户配对成功的概率,有利于终端设备选择出使得小区容量最大化的波束。The network side configures the beam spreading factor for the terminal device to adjust the measurement result of the first type reference signal, which improves the possibility that the beam corresponding to the first type reference signal with a lower measurement result is selected as the service beam by the terminal device, and improves The probability of successful multi-user pairing helps the terminal device to select the beam that maximizes the cell capacity.
可选地,在步骤220中,波束扩展因子可以是协议规定的,也可以由接入网设备为UE通过无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令配置,不做限制。Optionally, in step 220, the beam spreading factor may be specified by the protocol, or may be configured by the access network device for the UE through radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling, without limitation.
在一些示例中,接入网设备可以通过RRC信令为UE配置波束扩展因子。这种情况下,步骤220之前还可以包括步骤240。In some examples, the access network device may configure the beam spreading factor for the UE through RRC signaling. In this case, step 240 may also be included before step 220.
240、接入网设备向UE发送配置信息,所述配置信息携带波束扩展因子的信息。240. The access network device sends configuration information to the UE, where the configuration information carries information about the beam spreading factor.
应理解,配置信息中携带了各站点的第一类参考信号对应的波束扩展因子的信息。It should be understood that the configuration information carries information about the beam spreading factor corresponding to the first-type reference signal of each site.
作为一些示例,接入网设备可以利用广播信道、系统消息、系统消息更新、寻呼消息、下行控制信道、下行数据信道、下行共享信道等下行资源或信道,或者通过无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令、媒体访问控制控制元素(media access control-control element,MAC-CE)消息,或DCI等向终端设备发送所述配置信息,不做限制。As some examples, the access network equipment can use downlink resources or channels such as broadcast channels, system messages, system message updates, paging messages, downlink control channels, downlink data channels, and downlink shared channels, or through radio resource control (radio resource control). , RRC) signaling, media access control-control element (MAC-CE) message, or DCI, etc. send the configuration information to the terminal device without limitation.
可选地,在一些示例中,配置信息可以携带各站点的全部第一类参考信号分别对应的波束扩展因子。Optionally, in some examples, the configuration information may carry beam spreading factors corresponding to all the first-type reference signals of each site.
例如,在图5的示例中,配置信息可以携带RS1对应的波束扩展因子,以及RS3对应的波束扩展因子。For example, in the example of FIG. 5, the configuration information may carry the beam spreading factor corresponding to RS1 and the beam spreading factor corresponding to RS3.
可选地,在另一些示例中,配置信息可以携带部分第一类参考信号对应的波束扩展因子,而另一部分第一类参考信号没有配置波束扩展因子。其中,未配置波束扩展因子的第一类参考信号的测量结果被默认为不可调整。Optionally, in other examples, the configuration information may carry a beam spreading factor corresponding to a part of the first-type reference signal, while another part of the first-type reference signal is not configured with a beam spreading factor. Among them, the measurement result of the first type reference signal for which the beam spreading factor is not configured is non-adjustable by default.
例如,在图5的示例中,UE通过周期性测量,获得RS1的RSRP以及RS3的RSRP,而UE接收到来自于接入网设备的配置信息仅携带RS1对应的波束扩展因子,则UE默认为RS3不具有波束扩展能力。For example, in the example in Figure 5, the UE obtains the RSRP of RS1 and the RSRP of RS3 through periodic measurement, and the configuration information received from the access network device only carries the beam spreading factor corresponding to RS1, the UE defaults to RS3 does not have beam spreading capabilities.
再或者,在另一些示例中,不具备波束扩展能力的第一类参考信号对应的波束扩展因子可以被配置为0dB,默认为该第一类参考信号不具备波束扩展能力。Or, in other examples, the beam spreading factor corresponding to the first type reference signal that does not have the beam spreading capability may be configured to be 0 dB, and the default is that the first type reference signal does not have the beam spreading capability.
例如,在图5的示例中,RS1对应的波束扩展因子可以为xdB,RS3对应的波束扩展因子可以为0dB,其中,x为整数,且x≠0。For example, in the example of FIG. 5, the beam spreading factor corresponding to RS1 may be xdB, and the beam spreading factor corresponding to RS3 may be 0dB, where x is an integer and x≠0.
可选地,配置信息可以包含在RRC消息中,不做限定。Optionally, the configuration information may be included in the RRC message, which is not limited.
如上文所述,波束扩展因子的配置是参考信号资源粒度的。As mentioned above, the configuration of the beam spreading factor is based on reference signal resource granularity.
作为一个示例,配置信息的部分字段可以如下所示:As an example, some fields of the configuration information can be as follows:
Figure PCTCN2020079326-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2020079326-appb-000002
其中,“ExpansionFactor”表示本申请实施例中的波束扩展因子。在上述示例中,波束扩展因子的取值为整数,例如,取值范围为{-15,...16},单位是dB。Wherein, "ExpansionFactor" represents the beam expansion factor in the embodiment of the present application. In the above example, the value of the beam spreading factor is an integer, for example, the value range is {-15,...16}, and the unit is dB.
本文中,波束扩展因子的取值仅是作为示例,根据波束扩展因子的作用,本领域技术人员在不同的场景下还可以设置不同的取值范围,不做限定。In this article, the value of the beam spreading factor is only used as an example. According to the function of the beam spreading factor, those skilled in the art can also set different value ranges in different scenarios, which are not limited.
例如,若一个站点发送的第一类参考信号和第二类参考信号的RSRP的差值较大,波束扩展因子可以被设置的较大一些。若第一类参考信号和第二类参考信号的RSRP的差值较小,波束扩展因子可以被设置的较小一些。For example, if the RSRP difference between the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal sent by a station is large, the beam spreading factor can be set to be larger. If the RSRP difference between the first type of reference signal and the second type of reference signal is small, the beam spreading factor can be set to be smaller.
在另一个实施例中,波束扩展因子的配置可以是“资源集合级”。应理解,“资源集合级”表示该波束扩展因子可用于对该资源集合内的每个资源进行调整。In another embodiment, the configuration of the beam spreading factor may be "resource set level". It should be understood that "resource set level" means that the beam spreading factor can be used to adjust each resource in the resource set.
在一个示例中,配置信息的部分资源可以如下所示:In an example, part of the resources of the configuration information can be as follows:
Figure PCTCN2020079326-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2020079326-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2020079326-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2020079326-appb-000004
同样地,“ExpansionFactor”表示波束扩展因子。在上述示例中,波束扩展因子的取值为整数,取值范围为{-15,...16}。Similarly, "ExpansionFactor" means beam expansion factor. In the above example, the value of the beam spreading factor is an integer, and the value range is {-15,...16}.
在一些示例中,如果配置信息中仅包含了部分第一类参考信号的波束扩展因子,而不是终端设备可以测量到的所有第一类参考信号的波束扩展因子,则默认为没有配置波束扩展因子的第一类参考信号没有波束扩展功能,或者说,默认为波束扩展因子的取值为0dB。In some examples, if the configuration information contains only part of the beam spreading factor of the first type of reference signal, instead of the beam spreading factor of all the first type of reference signals that can be measured by the terminal device, the default is that no beam spreading factor is configured The first type of reference signal has no beam spreading function, in other words, the default value of the beam spreading factor is 0dB.
此外,终端设备考虑波束扩展因子来选择用于数据传输的服务波束,而不是仅仅根据第一类参考信号的测量结果作为唯一考虑的因素,是终端设备的一种能力的体现。换句话说,只有支持基于波束扩展因子选择用于数据传输的服务波束的终端设备,才可能使用本申请提供的技术方案来选择用于数据传输的服务波束并上报网络。In addition, the terminal device considers the beam spreading factor to select the service beam used for data transmission, instead of just taking the measurement result of the first type of reference signal as the only factor to be considered, it is a manifestation of the terminal device's ability. In other words, only terminal devices that support the selection of the service beam for data transmission based on the beam spreading factor can use the technical solution provided in this application to select the service beam for data transmission and report to the network.
可选地,方法200还可以包括步骤250。Optionally, the method 200 may further include step 250.
250、终端设备向接入网设备发送能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示终端设备支持基于波束扩展因子选择参考信号。250. The terminal device sends capability information to the access network device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports selection of a reference signal based on a beam spreading factor.
例如,接入网设备接收来自于终端设备的能力信息,在终端设备支持基于波束扩展因子选择第一类参考信号的情况下,向终端设备发送第一类参考信号的波束扩展因子的信息,便于终端设备后续用于波束的选择。For example, the access network device receives the capability information from the terminal device, and when the terminal device supports the selection of the first type of reference signal based on the beam spreading factor, it sends the information of the beam spreading factor of the first type of reference signal to the terminal device to facilitate The terminal equipment is subsequently used for beam selection.
又例如,接入网设备接收来自于终端设备的能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示终端设备不支持基于波束扩展因子选择第一类参考信号。在这种情况下,接入网设备可以选择不向终端设备发送波束扩展因子的信息,这种情况本申请不关注。For another example, the access network device receives capability information from the terminal device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device does not support selecting the first type of reference signal based on the beam spreading factor. In this case, the access network device may choose not to send the information of the beam spreading factor to the terminal device. This situation is not concerned in this application.
应理解,方法200中各步骤的编号仅仅为了便于说明方法的流程,实施例对其前后顺序不做限制。It should be understood that the numbering of the steps in the method 200 is only to facilitate the description of the process of the method, and the embodiment does not limit the sequence of the steps.
在一些示例中,波束扩展因子的取值的设置,与接入网设备的能力相关。In some examples, the setting of the value of the beam spreading factor is related to the capability of the access network device.
例如,波束扩展因子的取值是基于接入网设备发送第一类参考信号时激活的天线阵子数目与接入网设备发送第二类参考信号时激活的天线阵子数目的比值或者差值设定的。For example, the value of the beam spreading factor is set based on the ratio or difference between the number of antenna elements activated when the access network device sends the first type of reference signal and the number of antenna elements activated when the access network device sends the second type of reference signal. of.
又例如,波束扩展因子的取值是基于接入网设备发送所述第一类参考信号时的射频通道数目与接入网设备发送所述第二类参考信号时激活的射频通道数目的比值或者差值设定的。For another example, the value of the beam spreading factor is based on the ratio of the number of radio frequency channels when the access network device sends the first type reference signal to the number of radio frequency channels activated when the access network device sends the second type reference signal, or The difference is set.
再例如,波束扩展因子的取值是基于接入网设备发送所述第一类参考信号时的发送功率与接入网设备发送所述第二类参考信号时的发送功率的比值或者差值设定的。For another example, the value of the beam spreading factor is set based on the ratio or difference between the transmission power when the access network device transmits the first type reference signal and the transmission power when the access network device transmits the second type reference signal. Fixed.
再例如,波束扩展因子的取值是基于接入网设备发送所述第一类参考信号时的有效辐射功率(effective radiated power,EIRP)与接入网设备发送所述第二类参考信号时的EIRP的比值或者差值设定的。For another example, the value of the beam spreading factor is based on the effective radiated power (EIRP) when the access network device sends the first type reference signal and the value when the access network device sends the second type reference signal. The ratio or difference of EIRP is set.
再例如,波束扩展因子的取值是基于接入网设备发送所述第一类参考信号时的天线增益与接入网设备发送所述第二类参考信号时的天线增益的比值或者差值设定的。For another example, the value of the beam spreading factor is set based on the ratio or difference between the antenna gain when the access network device sends the first type reference signal and the antenna gain when the access network device sends the second type reference signal. Fixed.
可选地,在一些示例中,步骤220中,终端设备发送测量报告是基于事件触发的。换句话说,终端设备测量来自于接入网设备的第一类参考信号,得到第一类参考信号的测量结果。进一步地,终端设备根据第一类参考信号的测量结果和波束扩展因子,在满足事件触发的触发条件的情况下,发送测量报告。Optionally, in some examples, in step 220, the terminal device sending a measurement report is triggered based on an event. In other words, the terminal device measures the first-type reference signal from the access network device to obtain the measurement result of the first-type reference signal. Further, the terminal device sends a measurement report when the trigger condition triggered by the event is met according to the measurement result of the first type of reference signal and the beam spreading factor.
以场景1为例,触发条件可以如下文的触发条件1和/或触发条件2。Taking scenario 1 as an example, the trigger condition may be trigger condition 1 and/or trigger condition 2 as follows.
触发条件1:第一类参考信号的测量结果的调整值高于或等于门限值。Trigger condition 1: The adjustment value of the measurement result of the first type of reference signal is higher than or equal to the threshold value.
例如,门限值为-90dBm,终端设备测量来自于接入网设备的一个或多个第一类参考信号,得到所述一个或多个第一类参考信号的测量结果。结合所述一个或多个第一类参考信号对应的波束扩展因子,终端设备对所述一个或多个第一类参考信号中的每个第一类参考信号的测量结果进行调整,得到其测量结果的调整值。终端设备将这些测量结果的调整值与门限值比较,若存在高于门限值的调整值,则终端设备向接入网设备发送测量报告,其中,测量报告中包含测量结果的调整值高于门限值的一个或多个第一类参考信号的标识,也即,上文所说的一个或多个参考信号标识。For example, if the threshold is -90dBm, the terminal device measures one or more first-type reference signals from the access network device, and obtains the measurement result of the one or more first-type reference signals. Combined with the beam spreading factor corresponding to the one or more first-type reference signals, the terminal device adjusts the measurement result of each first-type reference signal in the one or more first-type reference signals to obtain its measurement The adjusted value of the result. The terminal device compares the adjustment value of these measurement results with the threshold value. If there is an adjustment value higher than the threshold value, the terminal device sends a measurement report to the access network device, where the measurement report contains the adjustment value of the measurement result. The identification of one or more reference signals of the first type at the threshold value, that is, the identification of one or more reference signals mentioned above.
或者说,测量报告包含一个或多个参考信号标识,每个参考信号标识所对应的参考信号属于测量结果的调整值高于门限值的第一类参考信号。In other words, the measurement report includes one or more reference signal identifiers, and the reference signal corresponding to each reference signal identifier belongs to the first type of reference signal whose adjustment value of the measurement result is higher than the threshold value.
例如,终端设备测量到3个第一类参考信号,其分别为RS1,RS2和RS3,其中RS1的RSRP的调整值和RS2的RSPR的调整值高于门限值。则终端设备向接入网设备发送测量报告。For example, the terminal device measures three first-type reference signals, which are RS1, RS2, and RS3, respectively, where the adjusted value of RSRP of RS1 and the adjusted value of RSPR of RS2 are higher than the threshold. Then the terminal device sends a measurement report to the access network device.
在一个示例中,测量报告可以包含测量结果的调整值高于门限值的全部参考信号的标识,例如,测量报告可以包括RS1的标识和RS2的标识。In an example, the measurement report may include the identification of all reference signals whose adjustment value of the measurement result is higher than the threshold value. For example, the measurement report may include the identification of RS1 and the identification of RS2.
在另一个示例中,测量报告可以包含测量结果的调整值高于门限值的部分参考信号的标识,例如,测量报告可以包含RS1的标识,或者测量报告包含RS2的标识。In another example, the measurement report may include the identifier of a part of the reference signal whose adjustment value of the measurement result is higher than the threshold. For example, the measurement report may include the identifier of RS1, or the measurement report may include the identifier of RS2.
终端设备如何上报选择的参考信号的标识可以由网络配置,实施例不做限制。例如,终端设备可以从调整值高于门限值的第一类参考信号中,选择调整值最高的一个第一类参考信号上报,或者,终端设备可以从调整值高于门限值的第一类参考信号中随机选择一个上报。How the terminal device reports the identification of the selected reference signal can be configured by the network, and the embodiment does not limit it. For example, the terminal device may select the first type reference signal with the highest adjustment value from the first type reference signal whose adjustment value is higher than the threshold value to report, or the terminal device may select the first type reference signal whose adjustment value is higher than the threshold value to report. Randomly select one of the class reference signals to report.
可选地,测量报告除了可以包含参考信号标识,还可以包含每个参考信号标识对应的第一类参考信号的测量结果的调整值。Optionally, in addition to the reference signal identifier, the measurement report may also include the adjustment value of the measurement result of the first type of reference signal corresponding to each reference signal identifier.
例如,终端设备测量参考信号的情况如表2所示。For example, the situation of the terminal equipment measuring the reference signal is shown in Table 2.
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2020079326-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2020079326-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2020079326-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2020079326-appb-000006
由于波束扩展因子的配置,终端设备在完成测量之后,需要考虑波束扩展因子的影响,计算每个测量结果的调整值,如表3所示。Due to the configuration of the beam spreading factor, after the terminal device completes the measurement, it needs to consider the influence of the beam spreading factor and calculate the adjustment value of each measurement result, as shown in Table 3.
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2020079326-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2020079326-appb-000007
可以发现,如果没有配置波束扩展因子,终端设备通过测量到的不同的第一类参考信号的RSRP,可以判断RS1的RSRP大于门限值,RS3的RSRP小于门限值,则终端设备将选择RS1并上报给网络侧。It can be found that if the beam spreading factor is not configured, the terminal device can determine that the RSRP of RS1 is greater than the threshold value through the measured RSRP of the different first type reference signals, and the RSRP of RS3 is less than the threshold value, the terminal device will select RS1 And report to the network side.
但是,如果配置了波束扩展因子,终端设备在采用波束扩展因子对第一类参考信号的测量结果进行调整之后,发现RS3的RSRP也大于门限值,则终端设备可以选择上报RS3。而实际上,终端设备选择RS3对应的站点1,就可以获得站点1提供的更窄、波束增益更高的波束(例如,图5中的RS2对应的波束)用于数据传输,使得终端设备获得更高的数据传输速率,有助于避免上文场景1中描述的问题出现。However, if the beam spreading factor is configured and the terminal device uses the beam spreading factor to adjust the measurement result of the first type of reference signal, and finds that the RSRP of RS3 is also greater than the threshold, the terminal device can choose to report RS3. In fact, if the terminal device selects station 1 corresponding to RS3, it can obtain the narrower and higher beam gain beam provided by station 1 (for example, the beam corresponding to RS2 in Figure 5) for data transmission, so that the terminal device can obtain A higher data transmission rate helps avoid the problems described in scenario 1 above.
触发条件2:第一参考信号的RSRP的调整值高于第二参考信号的RSRP的调整值。Trigger condition 2: The adjusted value of the RSRP of the first reference signal is higher than the adjusted value of the RSRP of the second reference signal.
其中,第一参考信号和第二参考信号均属于终端设备测量到的第一类参考信号,其中,第一参考信号的RSRP的调整值是采用第一参考信号对应的第一波束扩展因子对第一参考信号的RSRP进行调整得到的,第二参考信号的RSRP的调整值是采用第二参考信号对应的第二波束扩展因子对第二参考信号的RSRP进行调整得到的。Wherein, the first reference signal and the second reference signal both belong to the first type of reference signal measured by the terminal equipment, and the adjustment value of the RSRP of the first reference signal is the first beam spreading factor corresponding to the first reference signal. The RSRP of a reference signal is adjusted, and the adjusted value of the RSRP of the second reference signal is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the second reference signal by using the second beam spreading factor corresponding to the second reference signal.
例如,以站点切换作为示例,在触发条件2中,终端设备测量到至少两个第一类参考信号,根据所述至少两个第一类参考信号各自对应的波束扩展因子,终端设备对每个第一类参考信号的RSRP进行调整,得到RSRP的调整值。终端设备通过比较这些调整值,若满足一个站点(例如,第一站点)提供的第一参考信号的RSRP的调整值大于当前站点(例如,第二站点)提供的第二参考信号的RSRP的调整值,则满足了触发条件2,终端设备向接入网设备发送测量报告,请求切换到第一站点。其中,测量报告中可以携带第一参考信号的标识。For example, taking site switching as an example, in trigger condition 2, the terminal device measures at least two first-type reference signals, and according to the respective beam spreading factors of the at least two first-type reference signals, the terminal device performs The RSRP of the first type of reference signal is adjusted to obtain the adjusted value of the RSRP. The terminal device compares these adjustment values, and if it is satisfied that the adjustment value of the RSRP of the first reference signal provided by a station (for example, the first station) is greater than the adjustment of the RSRP of the second reference signal provided by the current station (for example, the second station) Value, the trigger condition 2 is satisfied, and the terminal device sends a measurement report to the access network device, requesting handover to the first site. Wherein, the measurement report may carry the identifier of the first reference signal.
后续,终端设备即可以接收到来自于接入网设备的第三参考信号,具体地,所述第三参考信号可以是发送第一参考信号的第一站点发送的。或者说,第一站点发送的第一参考信号的RSRP配置了波束扩展因子,也即表明第一站点还可以为终端设备提供高于第一参考信号对应的波束的增益的波束,即,第三参考信号对应的波束。此外,第三参考信号本身即为数据信号,或者说,第三参考信号对应的波束用于数据传输,而上述第一参考信号和第二参考信号各自对应的波束均用于波束扫描。Subsequently, the terminal device may receive the third reference signal from the access network device. Specifically, the third reference signal may be sent by the first station that sends the first reference signal. In other words, the RSRP of the first reference signal sent by the first station is configured with a beam spreading factor, which means that the first station can also provide the terminal device with a beam with a gain higher than that of the beam corresponding to the first reference signal, that is, the third The beam corresponding to the reference signal. In addition, the third reference signal itself is a data signal, in other words, the beam corresponding to the third reference signal is used for data transmission, and the beams corresponding to the first reference signal and the second reference signal are used for beam scanning.
应理解,当前站点是指当前为UE提供服务波束的站点。It should be understood that the current site refers to a site that currently provides a service beam for the UE.
在这种场景中,触发条件2中的第一参考信号属于第一站点的第一类参考信号,第二参考信号属于第二站点(也即,当前站点)的第一类参考信号。In this scenario, the first reference signal in trigger condition 2 belongs to the first type of reference signal of the first station, and the second reference signal belongs to the first type of reference signal of the second station (that is, the current station).
通常,参考信号的标识与站点编号有关联关系。Generally, the identification of the reference signal is associated with the station number.
在本申请实施例中,第一参考信号和第二参考信号属于不同的参考信号集合。参考信号集合的标识与站点的编号有关联关系。In the embodiment of the present application, the first reference signal and the second reference signal belong to different reference signal sets. The identification of the reference signal set is related to the number of the station.
站点编号例如可以是与如下信息中的一个或多个相关的信息:The site number may be, for example, information related to one or more of the following information:
控制信道资源集合索引(CORESET index),控制信道资源集合池索引(CORESETPoolIndex)、“服务小区的索引”、“服务小区的标识(identifier,ID)”、“非服务小区的标识(ID)”、“非服务小区的索引”、“小区标识(cell ID)”、“物理小区的标识(physical cell identity,PCI)”、“传输点标识(或传输点索引)”和“载波分量标识(component carrier identifier,CC ID)”等。Control channel resource collection index (CORESET index), control channel resource collection pool index (CORESETPoolIndex), "serving cell index", "serving cell identifier (ID)", "non-serving cell identifier (ID)", "Non-serving cell index", "cell ID", "physical cell identity (PCI)", "transmission point identification (or transmission point index)" and "component carrier" identifier, CC ID)” and so on.
根据参考信号的标识与站点编号的关联关系,终端设备根据测量到的第一类参考信号的标识,可以获知这些第一类参考信号对应的站点的信息,从而判断出是否存在能够提供更优波束的其它站点。若存在其它站点提供的波束优于当前站点,终端设备可以向接入网设备请求切换站点。According to the association relationship between the reference signal identification and the station number, the terminal equipment can obtain the information of the station corresponding to the first type reference signal according to the measured identification of the first type reference signal, so as to determine whether there is a better beam Other sites. If the beam provided by other sites is better than the current site, the terminal device can request the access network device to switch the site.
又例如,以波束切换作为示例,终端设备不需要区分测量到的各第一类参考信号来自于哪个站点,只需要在满足一个参考信号的RSRP的调整值高于另一个参考信号的RSRP的调整值的情况下,就可以向接入网设备发送测量报告,请求切换服务波束。具体地,终端设备可以请求将调整值更高的第一类参考信号对应的波束作为服务波束。For another example, taking beam switching as an example, the terminal device does not need to distinguish which site each measured reference signal of the first type comes from, but only needs to adjust the RSRP of one reference signal to be higher than the RSRP of another reference signal. In the case of the value, the measurement report can be sent to the access network device, requesting to switch the service beam. Specifically, the terminal device may request the beam corresponding to the first type of reference signal with a higher adjustment value as the serving beam.
可选地,在这种场景下,触发条件2中的第二参考信号可以是终端设备当前的服务波束对应的参考信号,第一参考信号可以是终端设备测量到的第一类参考信号中的任意一个。Optionally, in this scenario, the second reference signal in trigger condition 2 may be the reference signal corresponding to the current serving beam of the terminal device, and the first reference signal may be the reference signal of the first type of reference signal measured by the terminal device. anyone.
以上文的表2和表3的数据为例,假设终端设备测量到的RS1的RSRP为-90dBm,RS3的RSRP为-95dBm,如表2所示,以及当前为终端设备提供服务波束的站点为RS1对应的站点。终端设备使用波束扩展因子对RS1的RSRP和RS3的RSRP进行调整,得到RSRP的调整值,如表3所示。The data in Table 2 and Table 3 above are taken as examples. Suppose that the RS1 of RS1 measured by the terminal equipment is -90dBm, and the RSRP of RS3 is -95dBm, as shown in Table 2, and the site that currently provides service beams for the terminal equipment is The site corresponding to RS1. The terminal equipment uses the beam spreading factor to adjust the RSRP of RS1 and the RSRP of RS3 to obtain the adjusted value of RSRP, as shown in Table 3.
由于RS1的RSRP的调整值小于RS3的RSRP的调整值,满足触发条件2,则终端设备可以发送测量报告请求切换服务站点。例如,终端设备可以请求切换到RS3对应的站点。Since the adjusted value of RSRP of RS1 is smaller than the adjusted value of RSRP of RS3, and the trigger condition 2 is satisfied, the terminal device may send a measurement report to request to switch the service site. For example, the terminal device can request to switch to the station corresponding to RS3.
再例如,终端设备测量的第一类参考信号的RSRP以及配置的波束扩展因子如表4所示。For another example, the RSRP of the first type of reference signal measured by the terminal device and the configured beam spreading factor are shown in Table 4.
表4Table 4
Figure PCTCN2020079326-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2020079326-appb-000008
按照表4中所示的数据,终端设备判断RS1的调整后的RSRP>RS3的调整后的RSRP,不满足触发条件2,终端设备可以不发送测量报告。According to the data shown in Table 4, the terminal device judges that the adjusted RSRP of RS1> the adjusted RSRP of RS3, and the trigger condition 2 is not satisfied, and the terminal device may not send a measurement report.
可见,本申请的技术方案中,网络侧通过为终端设备配置波束扩展因子,通知终端设备在提供用于波束扫描的波束对应的第一类参考信号的基础上,还能够提供具有更高的波束增益的波束用于数据传输,有助于终端设备选择能够提供更高数据传输速率的站点,有 利于数据传输。It can be seen that in the technical solution of the present application, the network side configures the beam spreading factor for the terminal device to notify the terminal device to provide a beam with a higher beam based on the first type of reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning. The gain beam is used for data transmission, which helps the terminal equipment to select a site that can provide a higher data transmission rate, which is conducive to data transmission.
以上实施例中接入网设备为终端设备配置波束扩展因子的方式仅是作为示例,网络设备还可以在初始接入流程、波束管理流程和切换流程中引入波束扩展因子,下面再给出一些其它的实现。The manner in which the access network device configures the beam spreading factor for the terminal device in the above embodiment is just an example. The network device can also introduce the beam spreading factor in the initial access process, beam management process, and handover process. Some other things are given below. The realization.
在一些实施例中,接入网设备可以将波束扩展因子相关信息配置在随机接入相关指示中。例如,接入网设备将波束扩展因子相关信息和SS/PBCH的发送功率一起配置。每个SS/PBCH可以有不同的波束扩展因子。In some embodiments, the access network device may configure the beam spreading factor related information in the random access related indication. For example, the access network device configures the beam spreading factor related information and the transmission power of the SS/PBCH together. Each SS/PBCH can have different beam spreading factors.
终端设备可以根据波束扩展因子调整SS/PBCH的测量结果选择对应的接入资源,例如,选择调整后的RSRP最高的SS/PBCH对应的RACH资源进行接入。其中,SS/PBCH和RACH资源的对应关系是预先配置的。可选的,终端发送该RACH资源的发送功率可以按照波束扩展因子进行调整。例如,调整后RSRP最高的SS/PBCH对应的波束扩展因子为3dB,那么终端的发送对应的RACH资源功率为min{最大输出功率,目标功率+路损+3dB},其中min{}表示取最小值的操作,目标功率是预先配置的,路损为SS/PBCH发送功率减去该SS/PBCH的测量RSRP。The terminal device can adjust the SS/PBCH measurement result according to the beam spreading factor to select the corresponding access resource, for example, select the RACH resource corresponding to the SS/PBCH with the highest adjusted RSRP for access. Among them, the correspondence between SS/PBCH and RACH resources is pre-configured. Optionally, the transmit power at which the terminal transmits the RACH resource can be adjusted according to the beam spreading factor. For example, after the adjustment, the beam spreading factor corresponding to the SS/PBCH with the highest RSRP is 3dB, then the RACH resource power corresponding to the terminal’s transmission is min{maximum output power, target power+path loss+3dB}, where min{} means the minimum Value operation, the target power is pre-configured, and the path loss is the transmission power of the SS/PBCH minus the measured RSRP of the SS/PBCH.
在另一些实施例中,接入网设备可以将波束扩展因子相关信息配置在下行波束相关指示中。例如,TCI state中可以包括波束扩展因子。每个TCI state可以有不同的波束扩展因子。In other embodiments, the access network device may configure the beam spreading factor related information in the downlink beam related indication. For example, the TCI state may include a beam spreading factor. Each TCI state can have different beam spreading factors.
终端设备可以根据波束扩展因子调整接收平均增益(average gain)。例如,用于PDSCH的TCI state指示中的参考信号对应的波束扩展因子为3dB,那么终端应该假设接收PDSCH的平均增益比接收参考信号的平均增益高3dB。或者说,使用参考信号的QCL参数对PDSCH进行补偿时,需要考虑额外的3dB增益。The terminal device can adjust the receiving average gain (average gain) according to the beam spreading factor. For example, the beam spreading factor corresponding to the reference signal in the TCI state indication used for the PDSCH is 3dB, then the terminal should assume that the average gain of the received PDSCH is 3dB higher than the average gain of the received reference signal. In other words, when using the QCL parameter of the reference signal to compensate the PDSCH, an additional 3dB gain needs to be considered.
在另一些实施例中,接入网设备可以将波束扩展因子相关信息配置在上行波束相关指示中。例如,spatial relation或者上行TCI中可以包括波束扩展因子。每个spatial relation或者上行TCI可以有不同的波束扩展因子。In other embodiments, the access network device may configure the beam spreading factor related information in the uplink beam related indication. For example, the beam spreading factor may be included in the spatial relation or the uplink TCI. Each spatial relation or uplink TCI can have a different beam spreading factor.
终端设备可以根据波束扩展因子调整上行发送波束或者上行发送功率。例如,用于PUCCH的spatial relation指示中的参考信号对应的波束扩展因子为3dB,那么终端使用波束增益比参考信号的接收波束对应的发送波束增益高3dB的发送波束。或者,终端使用参考信号的接收波束对应的发送波束进行上行发送,但需要考虑额外的3dB发送功率。The terminal device can adjust the uplink transmission beam or the uplink transmission power according to the beam spreading factor. For example, if the beam spread factor corresponding to the reference signal in the spatial relation indication of the PUCCH is 3dB, then the terminal uses a transmit beam with a beam gain that is 3dB higher than the transmit beam gain corresponding to the receive beam of the reference signal. Alternatively, the terminal uses the transmit beam corresponding to the receive beam of the reference signal for uplink transmission, but an additional 3dB transmit power needs to be considered.
在另一些实施例中,接入网设备可以将波束扩展因子相关信息配置在发送功率相关指示中。例如接入网设备可以将波束扩展因子相关信息配置在路损参考信号相关指示中。In other embodiments, the access network device may configure the beam spreading factor related information in the transmission power related indication. For example, the access network device may configure the beam spreading factor related information in the path loss reference signal related indication.
终端设备可以根据波束扩展因子相关信息确定上行发送功率。例如,路损参考信号对应的波束扩展因子为3dB,例如终端设备可以根据min{最大输出功率,目标功率+(路损+3dB)+其他调整量}确定发送功率,其中min{}表示取最小值的操作,目标功率是预先配置的P0,路损为路损参考信号发送功率减去该路损参考信号的测量RSRP。The terminal device may determine the uplink transmission power according to the related information of the beam spreading factor. For example, the beam spreading factor corresponding to the path loss reference signal is 3dB. For example, the terminal device can determine the transmit power according to min{maximum output power, target power + (path loss + 3dB) + other adjustments}, where min{} means the minimum Value operation, the target power is the pre-configured P0, and the path loss is the path loss reference signal transmission power minus the measured RSRP of the path loss reference signal.
下面结合图7,对本申请的技术方案在场景1中的应用进行举例说明。The application of the technical solution of the present application in scenario 1 will be described below with reference to FIG. 7 by way of example.
参见图7,图7为本申请提供的选择波束的方法的一个示例。Refer to FIG. 7, which is an example of the method for selecting beams provided by this application.
310、终端设备向接入网设备发送能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示终端设备支持基于波束扩展因子选择用于数据传输的参考信号。310. The terminal device sends capability information to the access network device, where the capability information is used to instruct the terminal device to support selection of a reference signal for data transmission based on a beam spreading factor.
接入网设备接收来自于终端设备的能力信息。The access network device receives the capability information from the terminal device.
可选地,能力信息可以携带在RRC消息中,不做限定。Optionally, the capability information can be carried in the RRC message, which is not limited.
作为一个示例,在所述能力信息用于指示终端设备支持基于扩展因子选择服务波束的情况下,接入网设备执行步骤320。As an example, in a case where the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports selection of a service beam based on the spreading factor, the access network device executes step 320.
320、接入网设备向终端设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息包括波束扩展因子的信息。320. The access network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information includes beam spreading factor information.
可选地,配置信息可以携带在RRC消息中。Optionally, the configuration information can be carried in an RRC message.
其中,波束扩展因子的信息可以参考上文的说明,不再赘述。Among them, the information of the beam spreading factor can refer to the above description, and will not be repeated.
330、接入网设备向终端设备发送M个第一类参考信号,M≥1,M为整数。330. The access network device sends M type 1 reference signals to the terminal device, where M≥1, and M is an integer.
终端设备测量来自于接入网设备的M个第一类参考信号,得到所述M个第一类参考信号中每个第一类参考信号的RSRP。The terminal device measures M first-type reference signals from the access network device, and obtains the RSRP of each first-type reference signal in the M first-type reference signals.
340、在满足触发条件1或触发条件2的情况下,终端设备向接入网设备发送测量报告,测量报告包含N个参考信号标识,N≥1,N≤M,N为整数。340. When the trigger condition 1 or the trigger condition 2 is met, the terminal device sends a measurement report to the access network device. The measurement report includes N reference signal identifiers, where N≥1, N≤M, and N is an integer.
其中,所述N个参考信号标识用于标识N个第一类参考信号,所述N个第一类参考信号属于所述M个第一类参考信号。换句话说,所述N个第一类参考信号是从所述M个第一类参考信号中选择的。Wherein, the N reference signal identifiers are used to identify N first-type reference signals, and the N first-type reference signals belong to the M first-type reference signals. In other words, the N first-type reference signals are selected from the M first-type reference signals.
具体地,终端设备是根据所述M个第一类参考信号的波束扩展因子,对所述M个第一类参考信号的RSRP分别进行调整,得到所述M个第一类参考信号各自的RSRP的调整值。进一步地,终端设备根据所述M个第一类参考信号的RSRP的调整值,选择N个第一类参考信号反馈给接入网设备。其中,测量报告中携带所选择的N个第一类参考信号的标识。Specifically, the terminal device adjusts the RSRPs of the M first-type reference signals respectively according to the beam spreading factors of the M first-type reference signals to obtain the respective RSRPs of the M first-type reference signals The adjusted value. Further, the terminal device selects N first-type reference signals to feed back to the access network device according to the RSRP adjustment values of the M first-type reference signals. Wherein, the measurement report carries the identifiers of the selected N first-type reference signals.
350、接入网设备基于接收到的测量报告,向终端设备发送第二类参考信号。350. The access network device sends the second type of reference signal to the terminal device based on the received measurement report.
其中,第二类参考信号用于传输数据。或者说,第二类参考信号即为数据信号。Among them, the second type of reference signal is used to transmit data. In other words, the second type of reference signal is the data signal.
例如,图5中,UE测量到来自于接入网设备的RS1(即,第一参考信号的示例)和RS3(即,第二参考信号的示例)。根据RS1的RSRP的调整值以及和RS3的RSRP,UE向接入网设备发送测量报告,测量报告中携带RS1的标识。后续,接入网设备根据终端设备的测量报告,向终端设备发送第三参考信号,例如,图5中,接入网设备通过站点1向终端设备发送RS2(即,第三参考信号的示例),RS2对应的波束是用于数据传输的波束。For example, in FIG. 5, the UE measures RS1 (ie, an example of the first reference signal) and RS3 (ie, an example of the second reference signal) from the access network device. According to the adjusted value of RSRP of RS1 and RSRP of RS3, the UE sends a measurement report to the access network device, and the measurement report carries the identifier of RS1. Subsequently, the access network device sends a third reference signal to the terminal device according to the measurement report of the terminal device. For example, in FIG. 5, the access network device sends RS2 to the terminal device through station 1 (ie, an example of the third reference signal) , The beam corresponding to RS2 is the beam used for data transmission.
在该实施例中,终端设备测量来自于接入网设备的一个或多个第一类参考信号,也即终端设备测量来自于一个或多个站点的第一类参考信号。终端设备考虑波束扩展因子对第一类参考信号的测量结果的影响,并根据第一类参考信号对应的波束扩展因子对各自的测量结果进行调整,并根据调整值选择服务波束上报,有利于终端设备选择到可以提供更利于数据传输的第二类参考信号的站点。从而,由该可以提供第二类参考信号的站点为终端设备发送第二类参考信号,可以提高数据传输速率。In this embodiment, the terminal device measures one or more first-type reference signals from the access network device, that is, the terminal device measures the first-type reference signals from one or more sites. The terminal device considers the influence of the beam spreading factor on the measurement results of the first type of reference signal, and adjusts the respective measurement results according to the beam spreading factor corresponding to the first type of reference signal, and selects the serving beam to report according to the adjusted value, which is beneficial to the terminal The equipment is selected to a site that can provide a second type of reference signal that is more conducive to data transmission. Therefore, the station that can provide the second type of reference signal sends the second type of reference signal to the terminal device, which can increase the data transmission rate.
以上说明了本申请的技术方案在场景1中的应用,下面再说明本申请实施例在场景2中的应用。The application of the technical solution of the present application in scenario 1 is described above, and the application of the embodiment of the present application in scenario 2 is described below.
参见图8,图8为本申请提供的选择波束的方法的另一个示意性流程图。方法500主要包括步骤510-530。可选地,还可以包括步骤540和/或550。Referring to FIG. 8, FIG. 8 is another schematic flowchart of the method for selecting a beam provided by this application. The method 500 mainly includes steps 510-530. Optionally, steps 540 and/or 550 may also be included.
510、终端设备测量来自于接入网设备的一个或多个第一类参考信号,得到每个第一类参考信号的测量结果。510. The terminal device measures one or more first-type reference signals from the access network device, and obtains a measurement result of each first-type reference signal.
步骤510可以参见步骤210,不再赘述。For step 510, refer to step 210, which will not be described again.
520、终端设备发送测量报告,测量报告包含一个或多个参考信号标识。520. The terminal device sends a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or more reference signal identifiers.
在场景2中,终端设备完成测量之后,即可以按照网络侧的配置,向接入网设备发送测量报告。In scenario 2, after the terminal device completes the measurement, it can send a measurement report to the access network device according to the configuration on the network side.
这里,网络侧的配置,可以包括终端设备上报的参考信号的数量。Here, the configuration on the network side may include the number of reference signals reported by the terminal device.
例如,终端设备1测量参考信号的情况如表5中的数据所示。For example, the terminal device 1 measures the reference signal as shown in the data in Table 5.
表5table 5
Figure PCTCN2020079326-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2020079326-appb-000009
终端设备2测量到的参考信号的情况如表6中的数据所示。The situation of the reference signal measured by the terminal device 2 is shown in the data in Table 6.
表6Table 6
Figure PCTCN2020079326-appb-000010
Figure PCTCN2020079326-appb-000010
表5和表6的可以结合图6所示的场景理解。Table 5 and Table 6 can be understood in conjunction with the scenario shown in FIG. 6.
假设,网络侧配置终端设备只能上报一个参考信号标识,例如,网络侧在配置信息中配置nrofreportedbeam=1,表示终端设备只能上报一个参考信号标识和对应的RSRP的调整值,则终端设备1根据RS1和RS3各自对应的波束扩展因子,对RS1的RSRP和RS3的RSRP进行调整,得到各自的调整值。根据表5中所示的数据,终端设备1应选择RS3上报。因此,终端设备1向接入网设备发送测量报告1,测量报告1中包含RS3的标识。Suppose that the network side configures the terminal device to report only one reference signal identifier. For example, the network side configures nrofreportedbeam=1 in the configuration information, which means that the terminal device can only report one reference signal identifier and the corresponding RSRP adjustment value, then the terminal device 1 According to the beam spreading factors corresponding to RS1 and RS3, the RSRP of RS1 and the RSRP of RS3 are adjusted to obtain respective adjustment values. According to the data shown in Table 5, terminal device 1 should select RS3 to report. Therefore, the terminal device 1 sends a measurement report 1 to the access network device, and the measurement report 1 contains the RS3 identifier.
终端设备2根据RS2和RS3各自对应的波束扩展因子,对RS2的RSRP和RS3的RSRP进行调整,得到调整后的RSRP。根据表6中所示的数据,终端设备2应选择RS3上报。因此,终端设备2向接入网设备发送测量报告2,测量报告2中包含RS3的标识。The terminal device 2 adjusts the RSRP of RS2 and the RSRP of RS3 according to the respective beam spreading factors of RS2 and RS3 to obtain the adjusted RSRP. According to the data shown in Table 6, terminal device 2 should select RS3 to report. Therefore, the terminal device 2 sends a measurement report 2 to the access network device, and the measurement report 2 contains the RS3 identifier.
在这个示例中,RS3为第四参考信号的一个示例,具体可以参见图6所示的场景。In this example, RS3 is an example of the fourth reference signal. For details, refer to the scenario shown in FIG. 6.
这里,终端设备只能上报一个参考信号标识2是作为示例说明,网络侧也可以配置终端设备采用其它的上报方式。Here, the terminal device can only report one reference signal identifier 2 as an example. The network side can also configure the terminal device to adopt other reporting methods.
例如,网络侧可以配置终端设备上报两个或两个以上的参考信号的标识。又例如,网络侧可以配置终端设备上报高于门限值的所有参考信号的标识。再例如,测量报告中除了包含选择的参考信号的标识,还可以携带该参考信号的调整后的测量结果,不做限定。For example, the network side may configure the terminal device to report the identification of two or more reference signals. For another example, the network side may configure the terminal equipment to report the identification of all reference signals above the threshold. For another example, in addition to the identification of the selected reference signal, the measurement report may also carry the adjusted measurement result of the reference signal, which is not limited.
接入网设备接收来自于至少两个终端设备的测量报告。The access network device receives measurement reports from at least two terminal devices.
530、接入网设备根据该至少两个终端设备的测量报告,为该至少两个终端设备提供用于数据传输的服务波束。530. The access network device provides service beams for data transmission to the at least two terminal devices according to the measurement reports of the at least two terminal devices.
应理解,在场景2中,基于小区容量最大化的考虑,在射频通道的数量不变的情况下,为了使得一个接入网设备能够服务更多的终端设备,接入网设备主要考虑是否存在可以配对的多个终端设备(也即,多用户)。如果存在可以配对的终端设备,接入网设备则通过一组射频通道为该多个终端设备提供服务波束。It should be understood that in Scenario 2, based on the consideration of maximizing cell capacity, under the condition that the number of radio frequency channels remains unchanged, in order to enable one access network device to serve more terminal devices, the access network device mainly considers whether there is Multiple terminal devices that can be paired (ie, multiple users). If there are terminal devices that can be paired, the access network device provides service beams for the multiple terminal devices through a set of radio frequency channels.
以表5和表6为例,终端设备1发送测量报告1,测量报告1中携带RS3的标识,终端设备2发送测量报告2,测量报告2中包含RS3的标识。接入网设备根据测量报告1和测量报告2,可以获知终端设备1和终端设备2可以配对,因此,接入网设备为终端设备1和终端设备2均提供RS3作为其用于数据传输的服务波束。Taking Table 5 and Table 6 as examples, terminal device 1 sends measurement report 1, measurement report 1 carries the identification of RS3, terminal device 2 sends measurement report 2, and measurement report 2 contains the identification of RS3. According to the measurement report 1 and the measurement report 2, the access network equipment can learn that the terminal equipment 1 and the terminal equipment 2 can be paired. Therefore, the access network equipment provides RS3 as its data transmission service for both the terminal equipment 1 and the terminal equipment 2. Beam.
另外,在步骤530中,接入网设备在为终端设备1和终端设备2提供用于数据传输的宽波束作为服务波束的情况下,静默可以覆盖终端设备1和终端设备2的窄波束。In addition, in step 530, when the access network device provides the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2 with a wide beam for data transmission as a service beam, the muting can cover the narrow beam of the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2.
以图6为例,假设UE1和UE2均上报了RS3的标识,站点1为UE1和UE2提供RS3作为用于数据传输的服务波束,同时静默RS1和RS2。Taking Figure 6 as an example, it is assumed that both UE1 and UE2 have reported the identification of RS3, and station 1 provides UE1 and UE2 with RS3 as a service beam for data transmission, while silent RS1 and RS2.
此外,在场景2中,波束扩展因子可以是协议规定的,也可以由接入网设备为UE通过无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令配置,不做限制。In addition, in scenario 2, the beam spreading factor may be specified by the protocol, or the access network device may be configured for the UE through radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling, and there is no restriction.
可选地,作为一个示例,步骤520之前还可以包括步骤540。Optionally, as an example, step 540 may be further included before step 520.
540、接入网设备向终端设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息携带波束扩展因子的信息。540. The access network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information carries information about the beam spreading factor.
关于波束扩展因子的配置可以是参考信号资源、参考信号资源集合、载波或小区等为粒度的,这与场景1中的介绍相同,参见上文,不再赘述。Regarding the configuration of the beam spreading factor, reference signal resources, reference signal resource sets, carriers or cells, etc. may be granular. This is the same as the introduction in scenario 1, see above, and will not be repeated.
此外,在图8所示的流程中,还可以包括步骤550。In addition, in the process shown in FIG. 8, step 550 may also be included.
550、终端设备向接入网设备发送能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示终端设备支持基于波束扩展因子选择用于数据传输的参考信号。550. The terminal device sends capability information to the access network device, where the capability information is used to instruct the terminal device to support selection of a reference signal for data transmission based on a beam spreading factor.
应理解,能力信息具体用于指示终端设备支持基于波束扩展因子选择第一类参考信号。It should be understood that the capability information is specifically used to indicate that the terminal device supports the selection of the first type of reference signal based on the beam spreading factor.
步骤550可以位于步骤510之前,或者530之前,或者在UE接入网络之后,本文不做限定。Step 550 may be before step 510, or before step 530, or after the UE accesses the network, which is not limited herein.
在场景2中应用本申请的技术方案,接入网设备配置的波束扩展因子与小区容量有关,终端设备考虑波束扩展因子选择参考信号,有利于终端设备选择到能够使得小区容量最大化的服务波束。Applying the technical solution of this application in scenario 2, the beam spreading factor configured by the access network device is related to the cell capacity, and the terminal device considers the beam spreading factor to select the reference signal, which is beneficial for the terminal device to select the serving beam that can maximize the cell capacity .
下面以图6所示的场景,结合图9举例说明。The following uses the scenario shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 9 as an example for description.
参见图9,图9为本申请提供的选择波束的方法的另一个示例。Refer to FIG. 9, which is another example of the beam selection method provided by this application.
610、终端设备向接入网设备发送能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示终端设备支持基于波束扩展因子选择参考信号。610. The terminal device sends capability information to the access network device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports selection of a reference signal based on a beam spreading factor.
具体地,在多用户场景下,每个终端设备可以向网络侧发送自己的能力信息,图9中以终端设备1和终端设备2作为示例。Specifically, in a multi-user scenario, each terminal device can send its own capability information to the network side. In FIG. 9, terminal device 1 and terminal device 2 are taken as examples.
620、接入网设备向终端设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息包括波束扩展因子的信息。620. The access network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information includes beam spreading factor information.
终端设备1和终端设备2分别接收来自于接入网设备的配置信息,从而获得所述波束扩展因子的信息。The terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2 respectively receive the configuration information from the access network device, thereby obtaining the information of the beam spreading factor.
630、接入网设备发送一个或多个第一类参考信号。630. The access network device sends one or more first-type reference signals.
如图6所示,站点1发送RS1,RS2以及RS3。RS1,RS2以及RS3均属于第一类参考信号。As shown in Figure 6, station 1 sends RS1, RS2, and RS3. RS1, RS2, and RS3 all belong to the first type of reference signals.
640、终端设备基于网络侧的配置,向接入网设备发送测量报告。640. The terminal device sends a measurement report to the access network device based on the configuration on the network side.
作为一个示例,终端设备基于“选择RSRP的调整值最大的第一类参考信号上报”的选择原则,从测量到的第一类参考信号中选择需要上报的第一类参考信号。As an example, the terminal device selects the first type of reference signal to be reported from the measured first type of reference signal based on the selection principle of “selecting the first type of reference signal with the largest RSRP adjustment value to report”.
例如,网络侧配置终端设备仅上报一个参考信号标识,对于UE1而言,可以测量到RS1以及RS3,假设UE1测量到的RS1和RS3的RSRP如表5所示,则UE1根据测量到的第一类参考信号的RSRP的调整值,向接入网设备发送测量报告1。基于上述选择原则,UE1应该选择RS3。因此,测量报告1中包含RS3的标识。For example, the network side configures the terminal equipment to report only one reference signal identifier. For UE1, RS1 and RS3 can be measured. Assuming that the RSRP of RS1 and RS3 measured by UE1 is shown in Table 5, UE1 will use the first measured RSRP as shown in Table 5. The RSRP adjustment value of the class reference signal sends a measurement report 1 to the access network device. Based on the above selection principle, UE1 should select RS3. Therefore, the RS3 identification is included in the measurement report 1.
对UE2而言,UE2可以测量到RS2以及RS3。基于相同的选择原则,假设UE2测量到的RS2和RS3的RSRP如表6所示,UE2根据测量到的第一类参考信号的RSRP的调整值,向接入网设备发送测量报告2,测量报告2中包含RS3的标识。For UE2, UE2 can measure RS2 and RS3. Based on the same selection principle, it is assumed that the RSRP of RS2 and RS3 measured by UE2 are as shown in Table 6. UE2 sends measurement report 2 to the access network device according to the measured RSRP adjustment value of the first type of reference signal. Measurement report 2 contains the RS3 logo.
应理解,RS3为第四参考信号的一个示例。It should be understood that RS3 is an example of the fourth reference signal.
650、接入网设备基于测量报告1和测量报告2,提供RS3(即,第四参考信号)对应的波束作为终端设备1和终端设备2的用于数据传输的服务波束。650. Based on the measurement report 1 and the measurement report 2, the access network device provides the beam corresponding to RS3 (that is, the fourth reference signal) as the service beam for the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2 for data transmission.
接入网设备通过从小区容量最大的角度出发,为终端设备配置了波束扩展因子,使得多个终端设备可以配对成功,从而能够选择有助于小区容量最大化的波束,提升了小区容量。The access network device configures a beam spreading factor for the terminal device from the perspective of the maximum cell capacity, so that multiple terminal devices can be successfully paired, thereby being able to select the beam that helps maximize the cell capacity, thereby improving the cell capacity.
以上结合图2-图9对本申请提供的选择波束的方法进行了详细说明,下面介绍本申请的通信装置。The method for selecting beams provided by this application has been described in detail above with reference to Figs. 2-9, and the communication device of this application is introduced below.
参见图10,图10为本申请提供的通信装置的示意性框图。如图10,通信装置1000包括处理单元1100以及收发单元1200。Refer to FIG. 10, which is a schematic block diagram of the communication device provided by this application. As shown in FIG. 10, the communication device 1000 includes a processing unit 1100 and a transceiver unit 1200.
处理单元1100,用于接收来自于接入网设备的参考信号,得到所述参考信号的测量结果;The processing unit 1100 is configured to receive a reference signal from an access network device, and obtain a measurement result of the reference signal;
收发单元1200,用于发送测量报告,所述测量报告包含所述一个或多个参考信号标识,所述一个或多个参考信号标识对应的参考信号是根据波束扩展因子和所述参考信号的测量结果确定的,所述波束扩展因子用于调整参考信号的测量结果。The transceiver unit 1200 is configured to send a measurement report, the measurement report including the one or more reference signal identifiers, and the reference signal corresponding to the one or more reference signal identifiers is based on the beam spreading factor and the measurement of the reference signal If the result is determined, the beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of the reference signal.
可选地,在一个实施例中,收发单元1200还用于接收来自于所述接入网设备的配置信息,所述配置信息包括所述波束扩展因子的信息。Optionally, in an embodiment, the transceiver unit 1200 is further configured to receive configuration information from the access network device, where the configuration information includes information about the beam spreading factor.
可选地,在另一个实施例中,收发单元1200还用于向所述接入网设备发送能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持基于所述波束扩展因子选择参考信号。Optionally, in another embodiment, the transceiving unit 1200 is further configured to send capability information to the access network device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports selecting a reference signal based on the beam spreading factor.
可选地,在另一个实施例中,所述配置信息包括扩展因子的信息,包括:Optionally, in another embodiment, the configuration information includes information about the expansion factor, including:
所述配置信息包括一个或多个波束扩展因子,每个波束扩展因子对应一个参考信号,其中,每个波束扩展因子用于调整所对应的参考信号的测量结果;或者,The configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, and each beam spreading factor corresponds to a reference signal, where each beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of the corresponding reference signal; or,
所述配置信息包括一个或多个波束扩展因子,每个波束扩展因子对应一个参考信号集合,每个波束扩展因子用于调整所对应的参考信号集合中任意一个参考信号的测量结果。The configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, each beam spreading factor corresponds to a reference signal set, and each beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of any reference signal in the corresponding reference signal set.
可选地,在另一个实施例中,所述测量报告还包含所述每个参考信号标识所对应的参考信号的测量结果的调整值,其中,所述参考信号的测量结果的调整值是根据所述参考信号对应的波束扩展因子对所述参考信号的测量结果进行调整得到的。Optionally, in another embodiment, the measurement report further includes an adjustment value of the measurement result of the reference signal corresponding to each reference signal identifier, wherein the adjustment value of the measurement result of the reference signal is based on The beam spreading factor corresponding to the reference signal is obtained by adjusting the measurement result of the reference signal.
可选地,在另一个实施例中,所述测量结果为RSRP,所述收发单元1200用于接收来自于所述接入网设备的至少两个参考信号,得到所述至少两个参考信号各自的RSRP;Optionally, in another embodiment, the measurement result is RSRP, and the transceiving unit 1200 is configured to receive at least two reference signals from the access network device to obtain each of the at least two reference signals. RSRP;
以及,所述处理单元1100用于:And, the processing unit 1100 is configured to:
根据参考信号标识和站点编号的关联关系,确定所述至少两个参考信号中的第一参考信号来自于第一站点,所述至少两个参考信号中的第二参考信号来自于第二站点,其中, 所述第二站点是所述终端设备的服务站点,所述第一参考信号和所述第二参考信号各自对应的波束均用于波束扫描;According to the association relationship between the reference signal identifier and the station number, it is determined that the first reference signal of the at least two reference signals comes from the first station, and the second reference signal of the at least two reference signals comes from the second station, Wherein, the second site is a service site of the terminal device, and beams corresponding to each of the first reference signal and the second reference signal are used for beam scanning;
以及,根据所述第一参考信号和所述第二参考信号各自的RSRP以及所述第一参考信号和所述第二参考信号各自对应的波束扩展因子,在满足触发条件的情况下,控制所述收发单元1200向所述接入网设备发送所述测量报告,所述测量报告包含所述第一参考信号的标识,And, according to the respective RSRPs of the first reference signal and the second reference signal and the beam spreading factors corresponding to the first reference signal and the second reference signal, when a trigger condition is met, control all The transceiving unit 1200 sends the measurement report to the access network device, where the measurement report includes the identifier of the first reference signal,
其中,所述触发条件如下:Wherein, the trigger conditions are as follows:
所述第一参考信号的RSRP的调整值高于所述第二参考信号的RSRP或者所述第二参考信号的RSRP的调整值,其中,所述第一参考信号的RSRP的调整值是采用所述第一参考信号对应的第一波束扩展因子对所述第一参考信号的RSRP进行调整得到的,所述第二参考信号被配置了第二波束扩展因子的情况下,所述第二参考信号的RSRP的调整值是根据所述第二波束扩展因子对所述第二参考信号的RSRP进行调整得到的。The adjustment value of the RSRP of the first reference signal is higher than the RSRP of the second reference signal or the adjustment value of the RSRP of the second reference signal, wherein the adjustment value of the RSRP of the first reference signal is based on The first beam spreading factor corresponding to the first reference signal is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the first reference signal, and when the second reference signal is configured with a second beam spreading factor, the second reference signal The adjustment value of the RSRP is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the second reference signal according to the second beam spreading factor.
可选地,在另一个实施例中,所述收发单元1200,还用于接收来自于所述接入网设备的第三参考信号,所述第三参考信号对应的波束是由所述第一站点提供的,所述第三参考信号对应的波束用于数据传输;Optionally, in another embodiment, the transceiver unit 1200 is further configured to receive a third reference signal from the access network device, and the beam corresponding to the third reference signal is generated by the first reference signal. Provided by the site, the beam corresponding to the third reference signal is used for data transmission;
其中,所述第一站点向所述终端设备发送的所述第三参考信号对应的波束的增益高于所述第一站点向所述终端设备发送的所述第一参考信号对应的波束的增益,以及所述第一站点向所述终端设备发送的所述第三参考信号对应的波束的增益高于所述第二站点向所述终端设备发送的所述第二参考信号对应的波束的增益。Wherein, the gain of the beam corresponding to the third reference signal sent by the first station to the terminal device is higher than the gain of the beam corresponding to the first reference signal sent by the first station to the terminal device , And the gain of the beam corresponding to the third reference signal sent by the first station to the terminal device is higher than the gain of the beam corresponding to the second reference signal sent by the second station to the terminal device .
可选地,在另一个实施例中,所述收发单元1200,具体用于测量来自于所述接入网设备的至少两个参考信号,得到所述至少两个参考信号的测量结果,所述至少两个参考信号各自对应的波束均用于波束扫描,其中,所述至少两个参考信号包括第四参考信号;Optionally, in another embodiment, the transceiving unit 1200 is specifically configured to measure at least two reference signals from the access network device to obtain measurement results of the at least two reference signals, and The beams corresponding to each of the at least two reference signals are used for beam scanning, where the at least two reference signals include a fourth reference signal;
以及,所述处理单元1100在确定满足触发条件的情况下控制所述收发单元1200发送所述测量报告,所述测量报告包括所述第四参考信号的标识,其中,所述触发条件如下:And, the processing unit 1100 controls the transceiver unit 1200 to send the measurement report when it is determined that the trigger condition is satisfied, the measurement report includes the identifier of the fourth reference signal, wherein the trigger condition is as follows:
所述第四参考信号的RSRP的调整值高于所述至少两个参考信号中的其它参考信号的RSRP或者所述其它参考信号的RSRP的调整值。The adjusted value of the RSRP of the fourth reference signal is higher than the RSRP of the other reference signal among the at least two reference signals or the adjusted value of the RSRP of the other reference signal.
可选地,在另一个实施例中,所述处理单元1100还用于使用所述第四参考信号对应的波束作为服务波束,其中,所述第四参考信号对应的波束是由所述接入网设备提供的,所述接入网设备接收到的至少两个终端设备的测量报告中包含所述第四参考信号的标识,所述第四参考信号对应的波束作为所述至少两个终端设备的服务波束。Optionally, in another embodiment, the processing unit 1100 is further configured to use a beam corresponding to the fourth reference signal as a service beam, wherein the beam corresponding to the fourth reference signal is used by the access Provided by the network device, the measurement report of at least two terminal devices received by the access network device includes the identifier of the fourth reference signal, and the beam corresponding to the fourth reference signal serves as the at least two terminal devices Service beam.
可选地,在另一个实施例中,所述波束扩展因子是根据如下参数确定的:Optionally, in another embodiment, the beam spreading factor is determined according to the following parameters:
接入网设备发送用于波束扫描的波束对应的参考信号时激活的天线阵子数目与接入网设备发送用于数据传输的波束对应的参考信号时激活的天线阵子数目的比值或者差值;或者;The ratio or difference between the number of antenna elements activated when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning and the number of antenna elements activated when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for data transmission; or ;
接入网设备发送用于波束扫描的波束对应的参考信号时的射频通道数目与接入网设备发送用于数据传输的波束对应的参考信号时激活的射频通道数目的比值或者差值;或者,The ratio or difference between the number of radio frequency channels when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning and the number of radio frequency channels activated when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for data transmission; or,
接入网设备发送用于波束扫描的波束对应的参考信号时的发送功率与接入网设备发送用于数据传输的波束对应的参考信号时的发送功率的比值或者差值。The ratio or difference of the transmission power when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning and the transmission power when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for data transmission.
可选地,在一个实施例中,收发单元1200,还用于接收来自于接入网设备的广播信号,所述广播信号携带参考信号的波束扩展因子的配置信息,其中,所述参考信号的波束扩展因子用于对所述参考信号的测量结果进行调整;Optionally, in an embodiment, the transceiver unit 1200 is further configured to receive a broadcast signal from an access network device, the broadcast signal carrying configuration information of the beam spreading factor of the reference signal, wherein the reference signal The beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of the reference signal;
以及,所述收发单元1200还用于测量来自于所述接入网设备的至少两个参考信号,得到所述至少两个参考信号的测量结果;And, the transceiving unit 1200 is further configured to measure at least two reference signals from the access network device to obtain measurement results of the at least two reference signals;
所述处理单元1100,用于选择第一随机接入信道RACH资源接入所述接入网设备,其中,所述第一RACH资源关联所述至少两个参考信号中的第一参考信号对应的波束,所述第一参考信号的测量结果的调整值高于所述至少两个参考信号中的其它参考信号的测量结果或者测量结果的调整值,其中,每个参考信号的测量结果的调整值是根据所述参考信号对应的波束扩展因子对所述参考信号的测量结果进行调整得到的。The processing unit 1100 is configured to select a first random access channel RACH resource to access the access network device, wherein the first RACH resource is associated with the first reference signal corresponding to the at least two reference signals Beam, the adjustment value of the measurement result of the first reference signal is higher than the measurement result of the other reference signals in the at least two reference signals or the adjustment value of the measurement result, wherein the adjustment value of the measurement result of each reference signal It is obtained by adjusting the measurement result of the reference signal according to the beam spreading factor corresponding to the reference signal.
可选地,收发单元1100可以包括接收单元和发送单元。其中,接收单元具体用于执行发送的动作,接收单元具体用于执行接收的动作。Optionally, the transceiving unit 1100 may include a receiving unit and a sending unit. Among them, the receiving unit is specifically configured to perform a sending action, and the receiving unit is specifically configured to perform a receiving action.
在一种实现方式中,通信装置1000可以为方法实施例中的终端设备。在这种实现方式中,收发单元1200可以为收发器,收发器可以包括发射器和接收器。处理单元1100可以为处理装置。In an implementation manner, the communication apparatus 1000 may be a terminal device in the method embodiment. In this implementation, the transceiver unit 1200 may be a transceiver, and the transceiver may include a transmitter and a receiver. The processing unit 1100 may be a processing device.
在另一种实现方式中,通信装置1000可以为安装在终端设备中的芯片或集成电路。在这种实现方式中,收发单元1200可以为通信接口或者接口电路。例如,收发单元1200为输入输出接口、输入输出电路等,处理单元1100可以为处理装置。In another implementation manner, the communication device 1000 may be a chip or an integrated circuit installed in a terminal device. In this implementation, the transceiver unit 1200 may be a communication interface or an interface circuit. For example, the transceiver unit 1200 is an input/output interface, an input/output circuit, etc., and the processing unit 1100 may be a processing device.
其中,处理装置的功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。例如,处理装置可以包括存储器和处理器,其中,存储器用于存储计算机程序,处理器读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,使得通信装置1000执行各方法实施例中由终端设备执行的操作和/或处理。可选地,处理装置可以仅包括处理器,用于存储计算机程序的存储器位于处理装置之外。处理器通过电路/电线与存储器连接,以读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序。又例如,处理装置可以芯片或集成电路。Among them, the function of the processing device can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. For example, the processing device may include a memory and a processor, where the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor reads and executes the computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device 1000 executes the operations performed by the terminal device in each method embodiment and /Or processing. Optionally, the processing device may only include a processor, and the memory for storing the computer program is located outside the processing device. The processor is connected to the memory through a circuit/wire to read and execute the computer program stored in the memory. For another example, the processing device may be a chip or an integrated circuit.
参见图11,图11为本申请提供的通信装置的示意性框图。如图11,通信装置2000包括收发单元2100以及处理单元2200。Refer to FIG. 11, which is a schematic block diagram of the communication device provided by this application. As shown in FIG. 11, the communication device 2000 includes a transceiver unit 2100 and a processing unit 2200.
收发单元2100,用于接收来自于终端设备的测量报告,所述测量报告包含一个或多个参考信号标识,其中,所述测量报告是所述终端设备根据测量来自于所述接入网设备的参考信号获得的测量结果以及波束扩展因子得到的,所述波束扩展因子用于调整参考信号的测量结果;The transceiver unit 2100 is configured to receive a measurement report from a terminal device, the measurement report containing one or more reference signal identifiers, where the measurement report is a measurement report from the terminal device from the access network device according to the measurement. A measurement result obtained by the reference signal and a beam spreading factor, where the beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of the reference signal;
处理单元2200,用于根据所述测量报告,为所述终端设备提供用于数据传输的服务波束。The processing unit 2200 is configured to provide the terminal device with a service beam for data transmission according to the measurement report.
可选地,在一个实施例中,所述收发单元2100,还用于向所述终端设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息包括所述波束扩展因子的信息。Optionally, in an embodiment, the transceiving unit 2100 is further configured to send configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information includes the beam spreading factor information.
可选地,在另一个实施例中,所述配置信息包括扩展因子的信息,包括:Optionally, in another embodiment, the configuration information includes information about the expansion factor, including:
所述配置信息包括一个或多个波束扩展因子,每个波束扩展因子对应一个参考信号,其中,每个波束扩展因子用于调整所对应的参考信号的测量结果;或者,The configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, and each beam spreading factor corresponds to a reference signal, where each beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of the corresponding reference signal; or,
所述配置信息包括一个或多个波束扩展因子,每个波束扩展因子对应一个参考信号集合,每个波束扩展因子用于调整所对应的参考信号集合中任意一个参考信号的测量结果。The configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, each beam spreading factor corresponds to a reference signal set, and each beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of any reference signal in the corresponding reference signal set.
可选地,在另一个实施例中,所述测量报告还包含所述每个参考信号标识所对应的参考信号的测量结果的调整值,其中,所述参考信号的测量结果的调整值是根据所述参考信号对应的波束扩展因子对所述参考信号的测量结果进行调整得到的。Optionally, in another embodiment, the measurement report further includes an adjustment value of the measurement result of the reference signal corresponding to each reference signal identifier, wherein the adjustment value of the measurement result of the reference signal is based on The beam spreading factor corresponding to the reference signal is obtained by adjusting the measurement result of the reference signal.
可选地,在另一个实施例中,所述收发单元2100还用于:Optionally, in another embodiment, the transceiver unit 2100 is further configured to:
接收来自于所述终端设备的能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示所述终端设备是否支持基于所述波束扩展因子选择参考信号。Receiving capability information from the terminal device, where the capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports selecting a reference signal based on the beam spreading factor.
可选地,在另一个实施例中,收发单元2100,用于发送至少两个参考信号,所述至少两个参考信号包括所述通信装置通过第一站点发送第一参考信号,以及通过第二站点发送第二参考信号,其中,所述至少两个参考信号各自对应的波束均用于波束扫描;Optionally, in another embodiment, the transceiver unit 2100 is configured to send at least two reference signals, where the at least two reference signals include the communication device sending the first reference signal through the first station, and the second reference signal through the communication device. The station sends a second reference signal, where the beams corresponding to each of the at least two reference signals are used for beam scanning;
以及,所述收发单元2100,还用于接收来自于所述终端设备的测量报告,所述测量报告包含第一参考信号的标识;And, the transceiving unit 2100 is further configured to receive a measurement report from the terminal device, the measurement report including the identifier of the first reference signal;
以及,所述处理单元2200,用于根据所述测量报告包含的所述第一参考信号的标识,控制所述收发单元2100向所述终端设备发送第三参考信号,其中,所述第三参考信号对应的波束作为所述终端设备的用于数据传输的服务波束。And, the processing unit 2200 is configured to control the transceiver unit 2100 to send a third reference signal to the terminal device according to the identifier of the first reference signal included in the measurement report, wherein the third reference signal The beam corresponding to the signal is used as the service beam of the terminal device for data transmission.
可选地,在另一个实施例中,所述收发单元2100还用于:Optionally, in another embodiment, the transceiver unit 2100 is further configured to:
发送至少两个参考信号,所述至少两个参考信号各自对应的波束均用于波束扫描,其中,所述至少两个参考信号包括第四参考信号;Sending at least two reference signals, and beams corresponding to each of the at least two reference signals are used for beam scanning, wherein the at least two reference signals include a fourth reference signal;
以及,接收来自于至少两个终端设备的测量报告,所述至少两个终端设备的测量报告均包含第四参考信号的标识;And, receiving measurement reports from at least two terminal devices, where the measurement reports of the at least two terminal devices all include the identifier of the fourth reference signal;
以及,所述处理单元2200还用于提供所述第四参考信号对应的发送波束作为所述至少两个终端设备的服务波束,并静默其它的发送波束。And, the processing unit 2200 is further configured to provide the transmission beam corresponding to the fourth reference signal as the service beam of the at least two terminal devices, and silence other transmission beams.
可选地,收发单元2100可以包括接收单元和发送单元。其中,接收单元具体用于执行发送的动作,接收单元具体用于执行接收的动作。Optionally, the transceiving unit 2100 may include a receiving unit and a sending unit. Among them, the receiving unit is specifically configured to perform a sending action, and the receiving unit is specifically configured to perform a receiving action.
在一种实现方式中,通信装置2000可以为方法实施例中的接入网设备。在这种实现方式中,收发单元2100可以为收发器,收发器可以包括发射器和接收器。处理单元2200可以为处理装置。In an implementation manner, the communication apparatus 2000 may be an access network device in the method embodiment. In this implementation, the transceiver unit 2100 may be a transceiver, and the transceiver may include a transmitter and a receiver. The processing unit 2200 may be a processing device.
在另一种实现方式中,通信装置2000可以为安装在接入网设备中的芯片或集成电路。在这种实现方式中,收发单元2100可以为通信接口或者接口电路。例如,收发单元2100为输入输出接口、输入输出电路等,处理单元2200可以为处理装置。In another implementation manner, the communication device 2000 may be a chip or an integrated circuit installed in an access network device. In this implementation, the transceiver unit 2100 may be a communication interface or an interface circuit. For example, the transceiver unit 2100 is an input/output interface, an input/output circuit, etc., and the processing unit 2200 may be a processing device.
其中,处理装置的功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。例如,处理装置可以包括存储器和处理器,其中,存储器用于存储计算机程序,处理器读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,使得通信装置2000执行各方法实施例中由接入网设备执行的操作和/或处理。可选地,处理装置可以仅包括处理器,用于存储计算机程序的存储器位于处理装置之外。处理器通过电路/电线与存储器连接,以读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序。又例如,处理装置可以芯片或集成电路。Among them, the function of the processing device can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. For example, the processing device may include a memory and a processor, where the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor reads and executes the computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device 2000 executes the operations executed by the access network device in the various method embodiments. Operation and/or processing. Optionally, the processing device may only include a processor, and the memory for storing the computer program is located outside the processing device. The processor is connected to the memory through a circuit/wire to read and execute the computer program stored in the memory. For another example, the processing device may be a chip or an integrated circuit.
参见图12,图12为本申请提供的通信装置10的示意性结构图。如图12,通信装置10包括:一个或多个处理器11,一个或多个存储器12以及一个或多个通信接口13。处理器11用于控制通信接口13收发信号,存储器12用于存储计算机程序,处理器11用于从存储器12中调用并运行该计算机程序,以使得本申请各方法实施例中由终端设备执行 的流程和/或操作被执行。Refer to FIG. 12, which is a schematic structural diagram of the communication device 10 provided by this application. As shown in FIG. 12, the communication device 10 includes: one or more processors 11, one or more memories 12 and one or more communication interfaces 13. The processor 11 is used to control the communication interface 13 to send and receive signals, the memory 12 is used to store a computer program, and the processor 11 is used to call and run the computer program from the memory 12, so that the terminal device executes the Processes and/or operations are executed.
例如,处理器11可以具有图10中所示的处理单元1200的功能,通信接口13可以具有图10中所示的收发单元1100的功能。具体地,处理器11可以用于执行图2-图9中由终端设备内部执行的处理或操作,通信接口13用于执行图2-图9中由终端设备执行的发送和/或接收的动作。For example, the processor 11 may have the function of the processing unit 1200 shown in FIG. 10, and the communication interface 13 may have the function of the transceiving unit 1100 shown in FIG. Specifically, the processor 11 may be used to perform the processing or operation performed by the terminal device in Figure 2-9, and the communication interface 13 is used to perform the sending and/or receiving actions performed by the terminal device in Figure 2-9. .
在一种实现方式中,通信装置10可以为方法实施例中的终端设备。在这种实现方式中,通信接口13可以为收发器。收发器可以包括接收器和发射器。In an implementation manner, the communication device 10 may be a terminal device in the method embodiment. In this implementation, the communication interface 13 may be a transceiver. The transceiver may include a receiver and a transmitter.
可选地,处理器11可以为基带装置,通信接口13可以为射频装置。Optionally, the processor 11 may be a baseband device, and the communication interface 13 may be a radio frequency device.
在另一种实现中,通信装置10可以为安装在终端设备中的芯片。在这种实现方式中,通信接口13可以为接口电路或者输入/输出接口。In another implementation, the communication device 10 may be a chip installed in a terminal device. In this implementation manner, the communication interface 13 may be an interface circuit or an input/output interface.
参见图13,图13是本申请提供的通信装置20的示意性结构图。如图13,通信装置20包括:一个或多个处理器21,一个或多个存储器22以及一个或多个通信接口23。处理器21用于控制通信接口23收发信号,存储器22用于存储计算机程序,处理器21用于从存储器22中调用并运行该计算机程序,以使得本申请各方法实施例中由接入网设备执行的流程和/或操作被执行。Referring to FIG. 13, FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of the communication device 20 provided in the present application. As shown in FIG. 13, the communication device 20 includes: one or more processors 21, one or more memories 22 and one or more communication interfaces 23. The processor 21 is used to control the communication interface 23 to send and receive signals, the memory 22 is used to store a computer program, and the processor 21 is used to call and run the computer program from the memory 22, so that the access network equipment is The executed process and/or operation is executed.
例如,处理器21可以具有图11中所示的处理单元2200的功能,通信接口23可以具有图11中所示的收发单元2100的功能。具体地,处理器21可以用于执行图2-图9中由接入网设备内部执行的处理或操作,通信接口23用于执行图2-图9中由接入网设备执行的发送和/或接收的动作,不再赘述。For example, the processor 21 may have the function of the processing unit 2200 shown in FIG. 11, and the communication interface 23 may have the function of the transceiving unit 2100 shown in FIG. Specifically, the processor 21 may be used to perform the processing or operation performed by the access network device in Figure 2-9, and the communication interface 23 is used to perform the sending and/or operations performed by the access network device in Figure 2-9. Or the action of receiving, I will not repeat it.
在一种实现方式中,通信装置20可以为方法实施例中的接入网设备。在这种实现方式中,通信接口23可以为收发器。收发器可以包括接收器和发射器。In an implementation manner, the communication device 20 may be an access network device in the method embodiment. In this implementation, the communication interface 23 may be a transceiver. The transceiver may include a receiver and a transmitter.
可选地,处理器21可以为基带装置,通信接口23可以为射频装置。Optionally, the processor 21 may be a baseband device, and the communication interface 23 may be a radio frequency device.
在另一种实现中,通信装置20可以为安装在接入网设备中的芯片。在这种实现方式中,通信接口23可以为接口电路或者输入/输出接口。In another implementation, the communication device 20 may be a chip installed in an access network device. In this implementation manner, the communication interface 23 may be an interface circuit or an input/output interface.
可选的,上述各装置实施例中的存储器与存储器可以是物理上相互独立的单元,或者,存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起,本文不做限定。Optionally, the memory and the memory in the foregoing device embodiments may be physically independent units, or the memory may also be integrated with the processor, which is not limited herein.
此外,本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令,当计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得本申请各方法实施例中由终端设备执行的操作和/或流程被执行。In addition, this application also provides a computer-readable storage medium in which computer instructions are stored. When the computer instructions run on a computer, the operations performed by the terminal device in the method embodiments of this application are And/or the process is executed.
本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令,当计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得本申请各方法实施例中由接入网设备执行的操作和/或流程被执行。The present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium in which computer instructions are stored. When the computer instructions run on a computer, the operations performed by the access network device in the method embodiments of the present application are And/or the process is executed.
本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码或指令,当计算机程序代码或指令在计算机上运行时,使得本申请各方法实施例中由终端设备执行的操作和/或流程被执行。This application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes computer program code or instructions. When the computer program code or instruction runs on a computer, the operations and/or processes performed by the terminal device in the method embodiments of the application are Be executed.
本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码或指令,当计算机程序代码或指令在计算机上运行时,使得本申请各方法实施例中由接入网设备执行的操作和/或流程被执行。This application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes computer program code or instructions. When the computer program code or instructions run on a computer, the operation and/ Or the process is executed.
此外,本申请还提供一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器。用于存储计算机程序的存储器 独立于芯片而设置,处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得任意一个方法实施例中由终端设备执行的操作和/或处理被执行。In addition, the present application also provides a chip including a processor. The memory for storing the computer program is provided independently of the chip, and the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the operation and/or processing performed by the terminal device in any method embodiment is executed.
进一步地,所述芯片还可以包括通信接口。所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口,也可以为接口电路等。进一步地,所述芯片还可以包括所述存储器。Further, the chip may also include a communication interface. The communication interface may be an input/output interface, or an interface circuit or the like. Further, the chip may also include the memory.
本申请还提供一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器。用于存储计算机程序的存储器独立于芯片而设置,处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得任意一个方法实施例中由接入网设备执行的操作和/或处理被执行。The application also provides a chip including a processor. The memory for storing the computer program is provided independently of the chip, and the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the operations and/or processing performed by the access network device in any method embodiment are executed.
进一步地,所述芯片还可以包括通信接口。所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口,也可以为接口电路等。进一步地,所述芯片还可以包括所述存储器。Further, the chip may also include a communication interface. The communication interface may be an input/output interface, or an interface circuit or the like. Further, the chip may also include the memory.
此外,本申请还提供一种无线通信系统,包括本申请实施例中的终端设备和/或接入网设备。In addition, this application also provides a wireless communication system, including the terminal device and/or the access network device in the embodiment of this application.
本申请实施例中的处理器可以是集成电路芯片,具有处理信号的能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。本申请实施例公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件编码处理器执行完成,或者用编码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。The processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has the ability to process signals. In the implementation process, the steps of the foregoing method embodiments can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software. The processor can be a general-purpose processor, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic Devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware encoding processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the encoding processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field, such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DRRAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。The memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of exemplary but not restrictive description, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) And direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DRRAM). It should be noted that the memories of the systems and methods described herein are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may realize that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装 置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the system, device and unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
本申请中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。其中,A、B以及C均可以为单数或者复数,不作限定。The term "and/or" in this application is merely an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there can be three types of relationships. For example, A and/or B can mean that there is A alone, and both A and B exist. There are three cases of B. Among them, A, B, and C can all be singular or plural, and are not limited.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (42)

  1. 一种选择波束的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for selecting beams, characterized in that it comprises:
    终端设备测量来自于接入网设备的参考信号,得到所述参考信号的测量结果;The terminal device measures the reference signal from the access network device to obtain the measurement result of the reference signal;
    所述终端设备发送测量报告,所述测量报告包含所述一个或多个参考信号标识,所述一个或多个参考信号标识对应的参考信号是根据波束扩展因子和所述参考信号的测量结果确定的,所述波束扩展因子用于调整参考信号的测量结果。The terminal device sends a measurement report, the measurement report includes the one or more reference signal identifiers, and the reference signal corresponding to the one or more reference signal identifiers is determined according to the beam spreading factor and the measurement result of the reference signal Yes, the beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of the reference signal.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备接收来自于所述接入网设备的配置信息,所述配置信息包括所述波束扩展因子的信息。The terminal device receives configuration information from the access network device, where the configuration information includes the beam spreading factor information.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备接收来自于接入网设备的配置信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein before the terminal device receives the configuration information from the access network device, the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备向所述接入网设备发送能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持基于所述波束扩展因子选择参考信号。The terminal device sends capability information to the access network device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports selection of a reference signal based on the beam spreading factor.
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述配置信息包括扩展因子的信息,包括:The method according to claim 2 or 3, wherein the configuration information includes information about expansion factors, including:
    所述配置信息包括一个或多个波束扩展因子,每个波束扩展因子对应一个参考信号,其中,每个波束扩展因子用于调整所对应的参考信号的测量结果;或者,The configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, and each beam spreading factor corresponds to a reference signal, where each beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of the corresponding reference signal; or,
    所述配置信息包括一个或多个波束扩展因子,每个波束扩展因子对应一个参考信号集合,每个波束扩展因子用于调整所对应的参考信号集合中任意一个参考信号的测量结果。The configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, each beam spreading factor corresponds to a reference signal set, and each beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of any reference signal in the corresponding reference signal set.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量报告还包含所述每个参考信号标识所对应的参考信号的测量结果的调整值,其中,所述参考信号的测量结果的调整值是根据所述参考信号对应的波束扩展因子对所述参考信号的测量结果进行调整得到的。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the measurement report further includes an adjustment value of the measurement result of the reference signal corresponding to each reference signal identifier, wherein the reference signal The adjustment value of the measurement result of the reference signal is obtained by adjusting the measurement result of the reference signal according to the beam spread factor corresponding to the reference signal.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量结果为RSRP,所述终端设备测量来自于接入网设备的参考信号,得到所述参考信号的测量结果,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the measurement result is RSRP, and the terminal device measures a reference signal from an access network device to obtain a measurement result of the reference signal, include:
    所述终端设备测量来自于所述接入网设备的至少两个参考信号,得到所述至少两个参考信号各自的RSRP;The terminal device measures at least two reference signals from the access network device to obtain respective RSRPs of the at least two reference signals;
    所述终端设备发送测量报告,所述测量报告包括一个或多个参考信号标识,包括:The terminal device sends a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or more reference signal identifiers, including:
    所述终端设备根据参考信号标识和站点编号的关联关系,确定所述至少两个参考信号中的第一参考信号来自于第一站点,所述至少两个参考信号中的第二参考信号来自于第二站点,其中,所述第二站点是所述终端设备的服务站点,所述第一参考信号和所述第二参考信号各自对应的波束均用于波束扫描;According to the association relationship between the reference signal identifier and the station number, the terminal device determines that the first reference signal of the at least two reference signals comes from the first station, and the second reference signal of the at least two reference signals comes from A second site, where the second site is a service site of the terminal device, and beams corresponding to the first reference signal and the second reference signal are used for beam scanning;
    所述终端设备根据所述第一参考信号和所述第二参考信号各自的RSRP以及所述第一参考信号和所述第二参考信号各自对应的波束扩展因子,在满足触发条件的情况下,向所述接入网设备发送所述测量报告,所述测量报告包含所述第一参考信号的标识,According to the respective RSRPs of the first reference signal and the second reference signal and the beam spreading factors corresponding to the first reference signal and the second reference signal, the terminal device satisfies a trigger condition, Sending the measurement report to the access network device, where the measurement report includes the identifier of the first reference signal,
    其中,所述触发条件如下:Wherein, the trigger conditions are as follows:
    所述第一参考信号的RSRP的调整值高于所述第二参考信号的RSRP或者所述第二参 考信号的RSRP的调整值,其中,所述第一参考信号的RSRP的调整值是采用所述第一参考信号对应的第一波束扩展因子对所述第一参考信号的RSRP进行调整得到的,所述第二参考信号被配置了第二波束扩展因子的情况下,所述第二参考信号的RSRP的调整值是根据所述第二波束扩展因子对所述第二参考信号的RSRP进行调整得到的。The adjustment value of the RSRP of the first reference signal is higher than the RSRP of the second reference signal or the adjustment value of the RSRP of the second reference signal, wherein the adjustment value of the RSRP of the first reference signal is based on The first beam spreading factor corresponding to the first reference signal is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the first reference signal, and when the second reference signal is configured with a second beam spreading factor, the second reference signal The adjustment value of the RSRP is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the second reference signal according to the second beam spreading factor.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备向所述接入网设备发送所述测量报告之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 6, wherein after the terminal device sends the measurement report to the access network device, the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备接收来自于所述接入网设备的第三参考信号,所述第三参考信号对应的波束是由所述第一站点提供的,所述第三参考信号对应的波束用于数据传输;The terminal device receives a third reference signal from the access network device, the beam corresponding to the third reference signal is provided by the first station, and the beam corresponding to the third reference signal is used for data transmission;
    其中,所述第一站点向所述终端设备发送的所述第三参考信号对应的波束的增益高于所述第一站点向所述终端设备发送的所述第一参考信号对应的波束的增益,以及所述第一站点向所述终端设备发送的所述第三参考信号对应的波束的增益高于所述第二站点向所述终端设备发送的所述第二参考信号对应的波束的增益。Wherein, the gain of the beam corresponding to the third reference signal sent by the first station to the terminal device is higher than the gain of the beam corresponding to the first reference signal sent by the first station to the terminal device , And the gain of the beam corresponding to the third reference signal sent by the first station to the terminal device is higher than the gain of the beam corresponding to the second reference signal sent by the second station to the terminal device .
  8. 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备测量来自于接入网设备的参考信号,得到所述参考信号的测量结果,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the terminal device measuring a reference signal from an access network device to obtain a measurement result of the reference signal comprises:
    所述终端设备测量来自于所述接入网设备的至少两个参考信号,得到所述至少两个参考信号的测量结果,所述至少两个参考信号各自对应的波束均用于波束扫描,其中,所述至少两个参考信号包括第四参考信号;The terminal device measures at least two reference signals from the access network device to obtain measurement results of the at least two reference signals, and beams corresponding to the at least two reference signals are used for beam scanning, where , The at least two reference signals include a fourth reference signal;
    所述终端设备发送测量报告,所述测量报告包括一个或多个参考信号标识,包括:The terminal device sends a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or more reference signal identifiers, including:
    所述终端设备在满足触发条件的情况下发送所述测量报告,所述测量报告包括所述第四参考信号的标识,其中,所述触发条件如下:The terminal device sends the measurement report when a trigger condition is met, the measurement report includes the identifier of the fourth reference signal, wherein the trigger condition is as follows:
    所述第四参考信号的RSRP的调整值高于所述至少两个参考信号中的其它参考信号的RSRP或者所述其它参考信号的RSRP的调整值。The adjusted value of the RSRP of the fourth reference signal is higher than the RSRP of the other reference signal among the at least two reference signals or the adjusted value of the RSRP of the other reference signal.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备在满足触发条件的情况下发送所述测量报告之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein after the terminal device sends the measurement report when the trigger condition is met, the method further comprises:
    终端设备使用所述第四参考信号对应的波束作为服务波束,The terminal device uses the beam corresponding to the fourth reference signal as the serving beam,
    其中,所述第四参考信号对应的波束是由所述接入网设备提供的,所述接入网设备接收到的至少两个终端设备的测量报告中包含所述第四参考信号的标识,所述第四参考信号对应的波束作为所述至少两个终端设备的服务波束。Wherein, the beam corresponding to the fourth reference signal is provided by the access network device, and the measurement report of at least two terminal devices received by the access network device includes the identity of the fourth reference signal, The beam corresponding to the fourth reference signal is used as the serving beam of the at least two terminal devices.
  10. 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法,所述测量结果为RSRP,所述终端设备向所述接入网设备发送测量报告,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the measurement result is RSRP, and the terminal device sending a measurement report to the access network device includes:
    所述终端设备根据所述参考信号的测量结果以及波束扩展因子,在满足事件触发的条件的情况下,向所述接入网设备发送所述测量报告,其中,所述事件触发的条件包括如下一项或多项:According to the measurement result of the reference signal and the beam spreading factor, the terminal device sends the measurement report to the access network device if the condition for event triggering is met, where the condition for event triggering includes the following One or more:
    所述参考信号的RSRP的调整值高于门限值,所述参考信号的RSRP的调整值是采用所述参考信号对应的波束扩展因子对所述参考信号的RSRP调整得到的;或者,The RSRP adjustment value of the reference signal is higher than a threshold value, and the RSRP adjustment value of the reference signal is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the reference signal by using the beam spreading factor corresponding to the reference signal; or,
    所述参考信号包括来自于第一站点的第一参考信号以及来自于其它站点的第二参考信号,所述第一参考信号的RSRP的调整值高于所述第二参考信号的RSRP的调整值,其中,所述第一参考信号的RSRP的调整值是采用所述第一参考信号对应的第一波束扩展因子对所述第一参考信号的RSRP进行调整得到的,所述第二参考信号的RSRP的调整值是 采用所述第二参考信号对应的第二波束扩展因子调整对所述第二参考信号的RSRP进行调整得到的。The reference signal includes a first reference signal from a first station and a second reference signal from another station, and the RSRP adjustment value of the first reference signal is higher than the RSRP adjustment value of the second reference signal , Wherein the adjustment value of the RSRP of the first reference signal is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the first reference signal by using the first beam spreading factor corresponding to the first reference signal, and the value of the second reference signal is The RSRP adjustment value is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the second reference signal by adjusting the second beam spreading factor corresponding to the second reference signal.
  11. 根据权利要求1-10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述波束扩展因子是根据如下参数确定的:The method according to any one of claims 1-10, wherein the beam spreading factor is determined according to the following parameters:
    接入网设备发送用于波束扫描的波束对应的参考信号时激活的天线阵子数目与接入网设备发送用于数据传输的波束对应的参考信号时激活的天线阵子数目的比值或者差值;或者;The ratio or difference between the number of antenna elements activated when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning and the number of antenna elements activated when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for data transmission; or ;
    接入网设备发送用于波束扫描的波束对应的参考信号时的射频通道数目与接入网设备发送用于数据传输的波束对应的参考信号时激活的射频通道数目的比值或者差值;或者,The ratio or difference between the number of radio frequency channels when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning and the number of radio frequency channels activated when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for data transmission; or,
    接入网设备发送用于波束扫描的波束对应的参考信号时的发送功率与接入网设备发送用于数据传输的波束对应的参考信号时的发送功率的比值或者差值。The ratio or difference of the transmission power when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning and the transmission power when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for data transmission.
  12. 一种选择波束的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for selecting beams, characterized in that it comprises:
    接入网设备接收来自于终端设备的测量报告,所述测量报告包含一个或多个参考信号标识,其中,所述测量报告是所述终端设备根据测量来自于所述接入网设备的参考信号获得的测量结果以及波束扩展因子得到的,所述波束扩展因子用于调整参考信号的测量结果;The access network device receives a measurement report from a terminal device, the measurement report includes one or more reference signal identifiers, where the measurement report is a reference signal from the access network device that the terminal device measures according to The obtained measurement result and the beam spreading factor, where the beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of the reference signal;
    所述接入网设备根据所述测量报告,为所述终端设备提供用于数据传输的服务波束。The access network device provides the terminal device with a service beam for data transmission according to the measurement report.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备接收来自于终端设备的测量报告之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 12, wherein before the access network device receives the measurement report from the terminal device, the method further comprises:
    所述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息包括所述波束扩展因子的信息。The access network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information includes the beam spreading factor information.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述配置信息包括扩展因子的信息,包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein the configuration information includes information about an expansion factor, including:
    所述配置信息包括一个或多个波束扩展因子,每个波束扩展因子对应一个参考信号,其中,每个波束扩展因子用于调整所对应的参考信号的测量结果;或者,The configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, and each beam spreading factor corresponds to a reference signal, where each beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of the corresponding reference signal; or,
    所述配置信息包括一个或多个波束扩展因子,每个波束扩展因子对应一个参考信号集合,每个波束扩展因子用于调整所对应的参考信号集合中任意一个参考信号的测量结果。The configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, each beam spreading factor corresponds to a reference signal set, and each beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of any reference signal in the corresponding reference signal set.
  15. 根据权利要求12-14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量报告还包含所述每个参考信号标识所对应的参考信号的测量结果的调整值,其中,所述参考信号的测量结果的调整值是根据所述参考信号对应的波束扩展因子对所述参考信号的测量结果进行调整得到的。The method according to any one of claims 12-14, wherein the measurement report further includes an adjustment value of the measurement result of the reference signal corresponding to each reference signal identifier, wherein the reference signal The adjustment value of the measurement result of the reference signal is obtained by adjusting the measurement result of the reference signal according to the beam spread factor corresponding to the reference signal.
  16. 根据权利要求12-15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备接收来自于终端设备的测量报告之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12-15, wherein before the access network device receives a measurement report from a terminal device, the method further comprises:
    所述接入网设备接收来自于所述终端设备的能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示所述终端设备是否支持基于所述波束扩展因子选择参考信号。The access network device receives capability information from the terminal device, where the capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports selection of a reference signal based on the beam spreading factor.
  17. 根据权利要求12-16中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备接收来自于终端设备的测量报告之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12-16, wherein before the access network device receives a measurement report from a terminal device, the method further comprises:
    所述接入网设备发送至少两个参考信号,所述至少两个参考信号包括所述接入网设备 通过第一站点发送第一参考信号,以及通过第二站点发送第二参考信号,其中,所述至少两个参考信号各自对应的波束均用于波束扫描;The access network device sends at least two reference signals, and the at least two reference signals include the access network device sending a first reference signal through a first site and sending a second reference signal through a second site, where: The beams corresponding to each of the at least two reference signals are used for beam scanning;
    所述接入网设备接收来自于终端设备的测量报告,包括:The receiving of the measurement report from the terminal device by the access network device includes:
    所述接入网设备接收来自于所述终端设备的测量报告,所述测量报告包含第一参考信号的标识;Receiving, by the access network device, a measurement report from the terminal device, the measurement report including the identifier of the first reference signal;
    所述接入网设备根据所述测量报告,为所述终端设备提供用于数据传输的服务波束,包括:The providing, by the access network device, a service beam for data transmission to the terminal device according to the measurement report includes:
    所述接入网设备根据所述测量报告包含的所述第一参考信号的标识,通过所述第一站点向所述终端设备发送第三参考信号,其中,所述第三参考信号对应的波束作为所述终端设备的用于数据传输的服务波束。The access network device sends a third reference signal to the terminal device through the first station according to the identifier of the first reference signal included in the measurement report, wherein the beam corresponding to the third reference signal As a service beam used for data transmission of the terminal device.
  18. 根据权利要求12-16中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备接收来自于终端设备的测量报告之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12-16, wherein before the access network device receives a measurement report from a terminal device, the method further comprises:
    所述接入网设备发送至少两个参考信号,所述至少两个参考信号各自对应的波束均用于波束扫描,其中,所述至少两个参考信号包括第四参考信号;Sending at least two reference signals by the access network device, and beams corresponding to each of the at least two reference signals are used for beam scanning, wherein the at least two reference signals include a fourth reference signal;
    所述接入网设备接收来自于终端设备的测量报告,包括:The receiving of the measurement report from the terminal device by the access network device includes:
    所述接入网设备接收来自于至少两个终端设备的测量报告,所述至少两个终端设备的测量报告均包含第四参考信号的标识;Receiving, by the access network device, measurement reports from at least two terminal devices, and the measurement reports of the at least two terminal devices both include the identifier of the fourth reference signal;
    所述接入网设备提供所述第四参考信号对应的发送波束作为所述至少两个终端设备的服务波束,并静默其它的发送波束。The access network device provides the transmission beam corresponding to the fourth reference signal as the service beam of the at least two terminal devices, and silences other transmission beams.
  19. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it comprises:
    处理单元,用于测量来自于接入网设备的参考信号,得到所述参考信号的测量结果;A processing unit, configured to measure a reference signal from an access network device to obtain a measurement result of the reference signal;
    收发单元,用于发送测量报告,所述测量报告包含所述一个或多个参考信号标识,所述一个或多个参考信号标识对应的参考信号是根据波束扩展因子和所述参考信号的测量结果确定的,所述波束扩展因子用于调整参考信号的测量结果。The transceiver unit is configured to send a measurement report, the measurement report containing the one or more reference signal identifiers, and the reference signal corresponding to the one or more reference signal identifiers is based on the beam spreading factor and the measurement result of the reference signal It is determined that the beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of the reference signal.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:The communication device according to claim 19, wherein the transceiving unit is further configured to:
    接收来自于所述接入网设备的配置信息,所述配置信息包括所述波束扩展因子的信息。Receiving configuration information from the access network device, where the configuration information includes the beam spreading factor information.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:The communication device according to claim 20, wherein the transceiving unit is further configured to:
    向所述接入网设备发送能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持基于所述波束扩展因子选择参考信号。Sending capability information to the access network device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports selection of a reference signal based on the beam spreading factor.
  22. 根据权利要20或21所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述配置信息包括扩展因子的信息,包括:The communication device according to claim 20 or 21, wherein the configuration information includes information about an expansion factor, including:
    所述配置信息包括一个或多个波束扩展因子,每个波束扩展因子对应一个参考信号,其中,每个波束扩展因子用于调整所对应的参考信号的测量结果;或者,The configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, and each beam spreading factor corresponds to a reference signal, where each beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of the corresponding reference signal; or,
    所述配置信息包括一个或多个波束扩展因子,每个波束扩展因子对应一个参考信号集合,每个波束扩展因子用于调整所对应的参考信号集合中任意一个参考信号的测量结果。The configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, each beam spreading factor corresponds to a reference signal set, and each beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of any reference signal in the corresponding reference signal set.
  23. 根据权利要19-22中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述测量报告还包含所述每个参考信号标识所对应的参考信号的测量结果的调整值,其中,所述参考信号的测量结果的调整值是根据所述参考信号对应的波束扩展因子对所述参考信号的测量结果 进行调整得到的。The communication device according to any one of claims 19-22, wherein the measurement report further includes an adjustment value of the measurement result of the reference signal corresponding to the reference signal identifier, wherein the reference The adjustment value of the measurement result of the signal is obtained by adjusting the measurement result of the reference signal according to the beam spreading factor corresponding to the reference signal.
  24. 根据权利要求19-23中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述测量结果为RSRP,The communication device according to any one of claims 19-23, wherein the measurement result is RSRP,
    所述收发单元,具体用于测量来自于所述接入网设备的至少两个参考信号,得到所述至少两个参考信号各自的RSRP;The transceiving unit is specifically configured to measure at least two reference signals from the access network device to obtain respective RSRPs of the at least two reference signals;
    所述处理单元,用于根据参考信号标识和站点编号的关联关系,确定所述至少两个参考信号中的第一参考信号来自于第一站点,所述至少两个参考信号中的第二参考信号来自于第二站点,其中,所述第二站点是所述终端设备的服务站点,所述第一参考信号和所述第二参考信号各自对应的波束均用于波束扫描;The processing unit is configured to determine, according to the association relationship between the reference signal identifier and the station number, that the first reference signal of the at least two reference signals comes from the first station, and the second reference signal of the at least two reference signals The signal comes from a second site, where the second site is a service site of the terminal device, and the respective beams corresponding to the first reference signal and the second reference signal are used for beam scanning;
    以及,所述处理单元,还用于根据所述第一参考信号和所述第二参考信号各自的RSRP以及所述第一参考信号和所述第二参考信号各自对应的波束扩展因子,在满足触发条件的情况下,控制所述收发单元向所述接入网设备发送所述测量报告,所述测量报告包含所述第一参考信号的标识,其中,所述触发条件如下:And, the processing unit is further configured to, according to the respective RSRPs of the first reference signal and the second reference signal and the beam spreading factors corresponding to the first reference signal and the second reference signal, when satisfying In the case of a trigger condition, control the transceiver unit to send the measurement report to the access network device, where the measurement report includes the identifier of the first reference signal, wherein the trigger condition is as follows:
    所述第一参考信号的RSRP的调整值高于所述第二参考信号的RSRP或者所述第二参考信号的RSRP的调整值,其中,所述第一参考信号的RSRP的调整值是采用所述第一参考信号对应的第一波束扩展因子对所述第一参考信号的RSRP进行调整得到的,所述第二参考信号被配置了第二波束扩展因子的情况下,所述第二参考信号的RSRP的调整值是根据所述第二波束扩展因子对所述第二参考信号的RSRP进行调整得到的。The adjustment value of the RSRP of the first reference signal is higher than the RSRP of the second reference signal or the adjustment value of the RSRP of the second reference signal, wherein the adjustment value of the RSRP of the first reference signal is based on The first beam spreading factor corresponding to the first reference signal is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the first reference signal, and when the second reference signal is configured with a second beam spreading factor, the second reference signal The adjustment value of the RSRP is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the second reference signal according to the second beam spreading factor.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于接收来自于所述接入网设备的第三参考信号,所述第三参考信号对应的波束是由所述第一站点提供的,所述第三参考信号对应的波束用于数据传输;The communication device according to claim 24, wherein the transceiving unit is further configured to receive a third reference signal from the access network device, and a beam corresponding to the third reference signal is generated by the third reference signal. Provided by a site, the beam corresponding to the third reference signal is used for data transmission;
    其中,所述第一站点向所述终端设备发送的所述第三参考信号对应的波束的增益高于所述第一站点向所述终端设备发送的所述第一参考信号对应的波束的增益,以及所述第一站点向所述终端设备发送的所述第三参考信号对应的波束的增益高于所述第二站点向所述终端设备发送的所述第二参考信号对应的波束的增益。Wherein, the gain of the beam corresponding to the third reference signal sent by the first station to the terminal device is higher than the gain of the beam corresponding to the first reference signal sent by the first station to the terminal device , And the gain of the beam corresponding to the third reference signal sent by the first station to the terminal device is higher than the gain of the beam corresponding to the second reference signal sent by the second station to the terminal device .
  26. 根据权利要求19-23中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于测量来自于所述接入网设备的至少两个参考信号,得到所述至少两个参考信号的测量结果,所述至少两个参考信号各自对应的波束均用于波束扫描,其中,所述至少两个参考信号包括第四参考信号;The communication device according to any one of claims 19-23, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to measure at least two reference signals from the access network device to obtain the at least two reference signals Signal measurement result, the beams corresponding to each of the at least two reference signals are used for beam scanning, wherein the at least two reference signals include a fourth reference signal;
    所述处理单元,用于在满足触发条件的情况下发送所述测量报告,所述测量报告包括所述第四参考信号的标识,其中,所述触发条件如下:The processing unit is configured to send the measurement report when a trigger condition is met, the measurement report includes an identifier of the fourth reference signal, wherein the trigger condition is as follows:
    所述第四参考信号的RSRP的调整值高于所述至少两个参考信号中的其它参考信号的RSRP或者所述其它参考信号的RSRP的调整值。The adjusted value of the RSRP of the fourth reference signal is higher than the RSRP of the other reference signal among the at least two reference signals or the adjusted value of the RSRP of the other reference signal.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于使用所述第四参考信号对应的波束作为服务波束,The communication device according to claim 26, wherein the processing unit is further configured to use a beam corresponding to the fourth reference signal as a service beam,
    其中,所述第四参考信号对应的波束是由所述接入网设备提供的,所述接入网设备接收到的至少两个终端设备的测量报告中包含所述第四参考信号的标识,所述第四参考信号对应的波束作为所述至少两个终端设备的服务波束。Wherein, the beam corresponding to the fourth reference signal is provided by the access network device, and the measurement report of at least two terminal devices received by the access network device includes the identity of the fourth reference signal, The beam corresponding to the fourth reference signal is used as the serving beam of the at least two terminal devices.
  28. 根据权利要求19-23中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述测量结果为 RSRP,所述处理单元还用于根据所述参考信号的测量结果以及波束扩展因子,在满足事件触发的条件的情况下,控制所述收发单元向所述接入网设备发送所述测量报告,其中,所述事件触发的条件包括如下一项或多项:23. The communication device according to any one of claims 19-23, wherein the measurement result is RSRP, and the processing unit is further configured to determine when an event is satisfied according to the measurement result of the reference signal and the beam spreading factor. In the case of triggering conditions, control the transceiver unit to send the measurement report to the access network device, where the event triggering conditions include one or more of the following:
    所述参考信号的RSRP的调整值高于门限值,所述参考信号的RSRP的调整值是采用所述参考信号对应的波束扩展因子对所述参考信号的RSRP调整得到的;或者,The RSRP adjustment value of the reference signal is higher than a threshold value, and the RSRP adjustment value of the reference signal is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the reference signal by using the beam spreading factor corresponding to the reference signal; or,
    所述参考信号包括来自于第一站点的第一参考信号以及来自于其它站点的第二参考信号,所述第一参考信号的RSRP的调整值高于所述第二参考信号的RSRP的调整值,其中,所述第一参考信号的RSRP的调整值是采用所述第一参考信号对应的第一波束扩展因子对所述第一参考信号的RSRP进行调整得到的,所述第二参考信号的RSRP的调整值是采用所述第二参考信号对应的第二波束扩展因子调整对所述第二参考信号的RSRP进行调整得到的。The reference signal includes a first reference signal from a first station and a second reference signal from another station, and the RSRP adjustment value of the first reference signal is higher than the RSRP adjustment value of the second reference signal , Wherein the adjustment value of the RSRP of the first reference signal is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the first reference signal by using the first beam spreading factor corresponding to the first reference signal, and the value of the second reference signal is The RSRP adjustment value is obtained by adjusting the RSRP of the second reference signal by adjusting the second beam spreading factor corresponding to the second reference signal.
  29. 根据权利要求19-28中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述波束扩展因子是根据如下参数确定的:The communication device according to any one of claims 19-28, wherein the beam spreading factor is determined according to the following parameters:
    接入网设备发送用于波束扫描的波束对应的参考信号时激活的天线阵子数目与接入网设备发送用于数据传输的波束对应的参考信号时激活的天线阵子数目的比值或者差值;或者;The ratio or difference between the number of antenna elements activated when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning and the number of antenna elements activated when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for data transmission; or ;
    接入网设备发送用于波束扫描的波束对应的参考信号时的射频通道数目与接入网设备发送用于数据传输的波束对应的参考信号时激活的射频通道数目的比值或者差值;或者,The ratio or difference between the number of radio frequency channels when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning and the number of radio frequency channels activated when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for data transmission; or,
    接入网设备发送用于波束扫描的波束对应的参考信号时的发送功率与接入网设备发送用于数据传输的波束对应的参考信号时的发送功率的比值或者差值。The ratio or difference of the transmission power when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for beam scanning and the transmission power when the access network device sends the reference signal corresponding to the beam used for data transmission.
  30. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it comprises:
    收发单元,用于接收来自于终端设备的测量报告,所述测量报告包含一个或多个参考信号标识,其中,所述测量报告是所述终端设备根据测量来自于所述接入网设备的参考信号获得的测量结果以及波束扩展因子得到的,所述波束扩展因子用于调整参考信号的测量结果;The transceiver unit is configured to receive a measurement report from a terminal device, the measurement report containing one or more reference signal identifiers, wherein the measurement report is a reference from the access network device that the terminal device measures according to A measurement result obtained by a signal and a beam spreading factor, where the beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of the reference signal;
    处理单元,用于根据所述测量报告,为所述终端设备提供用于数据传输的服务波束。The processing unit is configured to provide the terminal device with a service beam for data transmission according to the measurement report.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:The communication device according to claim 30, wherein the transceiving unit is further configured to:
    向所述终端设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息包括所述波束扩展因子的信息。Sending configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information includes the beam spreading factor information.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述配置信息包括扩展因子的信息,包括:The communication device according to claim 31, wherein the configuration information includes information about an expansion factor, including:
    所述配置信息包括一个或多个波束扩展因子,每个波束扩展因子对应一个参考信号,其中,每个波束扩展因子用于调整所对应的参考信号的测量结果;或者,The configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, and each beam spreading factor corresponds to a reference signal, where each beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of the corresponding reference signal; or,
    所述配置信息包括一个或多个波束扩展因子,每个波束扩展因子对应一个参考信号集合,每个波束扩展因子用于调整所对应的参考信号集合中任意一个参考信号的测量结果。The configuration information includes one or more beam spreading factors, each beam spreading factor corresponds to a reference signal set, and each beam spreading factor is used to adjust the measurement result of any reference signal in the corresponding reference signal set.
  33. 根据权利要求30-32中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述测量报告还包含所述每个参考信号标识所对应的参考信号的测量结果的调整值,其中,所述参考信号的测量结果的调整值是根据所述参考信号对应的波束扩展因子对所述参考信号的测量结果进行调整得到的。The communication device according to any one of claims 30-32, wherein the measurement report further includes an adjustment value of the measurement result of the reference signal corresponding to each reference signal identifier, wherein the reference The adjustment value of the measurement result of the signal is obtained by adjusting the measurement result of the reference signal according to the beam spreading factor corresponding to the reference signal.
  34. 根据权利要求30-33中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于接收来自于所述终端设备的能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示所述终端设备是否支持基于所述波束扩展因子选择参考信号。The communication device according to any one of claims 30-33, wherein the transceiving unit is further configured to receive capability information from the terminal device, and the capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device Support for selecting a reference signal based on the beam spreading factor.
  35. 根据权利要求30-34中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元用于:The communication device according to any one of claims 30-34, wherein the transceiver unit is configured to:
    发送至少两个参考信号,所述至少两个参考信号包括所述接入网设备通过第一站点发送第一参考信号,以及通过第二站点发送第二参考信号,其中,所述至少两个参考信号各自对应的波束均用于波束扫描;At least two reference signals are sent, where the at least two reference signals include the first reference signal sent by the access network device through the first station and the second reference signal sent through the second station, where the at least two reference signals The beams corresponding to the signals are used for beam scanning;
    接收来自于所述终端设备的测量报告,所述测量报告包含第一参考信号的标识;Receiving a measurement report from the terminal device, the measurement report including an identifier of the first reference signal;
    所述处理单元,用于根据所述测量报告包含的所述第一参考信号的标识,控制所述收发单元向所述终端设备发送第三参考信号,其中,所述第三参考信号对应的波束作为所述终端设备的用于数据传输的服务波束。The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a third reference signal to the terminal device according to the identifier of the first reference signal included in the measurement report, wherein the beam corresponding to the third reference signal As a service beam used for data transmission of the terminal device.
  36. 根据权利要求30-34中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:The communication device according to any one of claims 30-34, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to:
    发送至少两个参考信号,所述至少两个参考信号各自对应的波束均用于波束扫描,其中,所述至少两个参考信号包括第四参考信号;Sending at least two reference signals, and beams corresponding to each of the at least two reference signals are used for beam scanning, wherein the at least two reference signals include a fourth reference signal;
    接收来自于至少两个终端设备的测量报告,所述至少两个终端设备的测量报告均包含第四参考信号的标识;Receiving measurement reports from at least two terminal devices, where the measurement reports of the at least two terminal devices each include the identifier of the fourth reference signal;
    以及,所述处理单元,还用于提供所述第四参考信号对应的发送波束作为所述至少两个终端设备的服务波束,并静默其它的发送波束。And, the processing unit is further configured to provide the transmission beam corresponding to the fourth reference signal as the service beam of the at least two terminal devices, and silence other transmission beams.
  37. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于接收计算机代码或指令,并传输至所述处理器,所述处理器运行所述计算机代码或指令,如权利要求1-11中任一项所述的方法被执行。A communication device, characterized by comprising a processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is used to receive computer codes or instructions, and transmit them to the processor, the processor runs the computer codes or instructions, as in the right The method described in any one of claims 1-11 is executed.
  38. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于接收计算机代码或指令,并传输至所述处理器,所述处理器运行所述计算机代码或指令,如权利要求12-18中任一项所述的方法被执行。A communication device, characterized by comprising a processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is used to receive computer codes or instructions, and transmit them to the processor, the processor runs the computer codes or instructions, as in the right The method described in any one of requirements 12-18 is executed.
  39. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器与至少一个存储器耦合,所述至少一个处理器用于执行所述至少一个存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令,如权利要求1-11中任一项所述的方法被执行。A communication device, characterized in that it comprises at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled with at least one memory, and the at least one processor is used to execute a computer program or instruction stored in the at least one memory, as in the right The method described in any one of claims 1-11 is executed.
  40. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器与至少一个存储器耦合,所述至少一个处理器用于执行所述至少一个存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令,如权利要求12-18中任一项所述的方法被执行。A communication device, characterized in that it comprises at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled with at least one memory, and the at least one processor is used to execute a computer program or instruction stored in the at least one memory, as in the right The method described in any one of requirements 12-18 is executed.
  41. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时,如权利要求1-11中任一项所述的方法被执行。A computer-readable storage medium, wherein computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer instructions are run on a computer, the method according to any one of claims 1-11 Be executed.
  42. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时,如权利要求12-18中任一项所述的方法被执行。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer instructions are run on a computer, the method according to any one of claims 12-18 Be executed.
PCT/CN2020/079326 2020-03-13 2020-03-13 Beam selection method and communication apparatus WO2021179316A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/079326 WO2021179316A1 (en) 2020-03-13 2020-03-13 Beam selection method and communication apparatus
CN202080098162.7A CN115244961B (en) 2020-03-13 2020-03-13 Method for selecting beam and communication device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/079326 WO2021179316A1 (en) 2020-03-13 2020-03-13 Beam selection method and communication apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021179316A1 true WO2021179316A1 (en) 2021-09-16

Family

ID=77671182

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/079326 WO2021179316A1 (en) 2020-03-13 2020-03-13 Beam selection method and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115244961B (en)
WO (1) WO2021179316A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114430557A (en) * 2022-01-06 2022-05-03 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Beam management method and device
CN117132590A (en) * 2023-10-24 2023-11-28 威海天拓合创电子工程有限公司 Image-based multi-board defect detection method and device

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20170047976A1 (en) * 2015-08-13 2017-02-16 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd Reference signal measurement method and apparatus for use in mobile communication system
CN107211288A (en) * 2015-01-29 2017-09-26 索尼公司 A kind of equipment
CN109429235A (en) * 2017-08-30 2019-03-05 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 A kind of beam sweeping method, network side equipment and mobile communication terminal

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105850210A (en) * 2014-01-28 2016-08-10 富士通株式会社 Beam selection method, apparatus and communication system

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107211288A (en) * 2015-01-29 2017-09-26 索尼公司 A kind of equipment
US20170047976A1 (en) * 2015-08-13 2017-02-16 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd Reference signal measurement method and apparatus for use in mobile communication system
CN109429235A (en) * 2017-08-30 2019-03-05 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 A kind of beam sweeping method, network side equipment and mobile communication terminal

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
SAMSUNG: "Discussion on RS for beamformed access", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-164014, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), vol. RAN WG1, no. Nanjing, China; 20160523 - 20160527, 13 May 2016 (2016-05-13), XP051090294 *

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114430557A (en) * 2022-01-06 2022-05-03 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Beam management method and device
CN114430557B (en) * 2022-01-06 2023-04-28 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Beam management method and device
CN117132590A (en) * 2023-10-24 2023-11-28 威海天拓合创电子工程有限公司 Image-based multi-board defect detection method and device
CN117132590B (en) * 2023-10-24 2024-03-01 威海天拓合创电子工程有限公司 Image-based multi-board defect detection method and device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115244961A (en) 2022-10-25
CN115244961B (en) 2024-01-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11751187B2 (en) Signal transmission method and apparatus
US20210385757A1 (en) Sounding reference signal power control for multiple input multiple output wireless system
US20210235386A1 (en) Signal transmission method, related device, and system
CN110476396B (en) System and method for beam management in spatial quasi co-located high frequency multi-carrier operation
WO2019101204A1 (en) Power control method, apparatus and system
WO2020001577A1 (en) Method and communication device for transmitting and receiving channel state information
WO2019214725A1 (en) Beam training method, apparatus, and system
CN111586858B (en) Signal transmission method and communication device
WO2018126930A1 (en) Power control method and communication device
CN110249545B (en) System and method for beam adaptation in a beam-based communication system
WO2020199902A1 (en) Method and apparatus for selecting receive beam
WO2022001241A1 (en) Beam management method and device
WO2021179316A1 (en) Beam selection method and communication apparatus
WO2020143654A1 (en) Signal measurement method and communication apparatus
WO2023050472A1 (en) Method and apparatus for paging
WO2023011195A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
CN108347274A (en) A kind of method and device of the number of beams of indication feedback
US20240155371A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023130211A1 (en) Reference power headroom reports and pathloss measurement for a unified transmission control indicator (tci) framework
US20220201626A1 (en) Information reporting method and apparatus, and user equipment
CN116830644A (en) Signal measurement method and device
CN115836567A (en) System and method for UE reporting to facilitate handover
CN117459985A (en) Beam indication method, device and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20924921

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20924921

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1